欢迎来到千学网!
您现在的位置:首页 > 大学语文 > 其他大学语文

Unit 12 Education学生版(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

时间:2023-08-18 08:43:11 其他大学语文 收藏本文 下载本文

下面是小编精心整理的Unit 12 Education学生版(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计),本文共15篇,希望能够帮助到大家。

Unit 12 Education学生版(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

篇1:Unit 12 Education学生版(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

Goals

Learn about education in China and other countries

Talk about study methods and learning styles

Practise making comparisons

Integrative language practice

Write report

Teaching aims and demands:

(1) To learn some words and expressions .

(2) To use the words and expressions correctly

(3)Teacher’s further explanation and supplement

1. load n.[C]

1.) 装载;担子

The load on that beam is more than it will bear. 那根梁上的载重超过了它所能承受的量。

2.) (精神方面的)负担;重任

The good news has taken a load off my mind._____________________________

3.) (车,船等的)装载量;一车(或一船等)货物

The truck was carrying a load of sand. 卡车装运一车沙子。

4.) 工作量

Measures have been taken to _____________________________.

已采取措施减轻医院医生的负担。

vt.

1.) 装,装载[(+with)]

The workers are loading the ship with coal. 工人正___________。

2.) 把弹药装入(枪,炮);把胶卷装入(照相机)

Don't forget to load your camera. 别忘了给你的相机装胶卷。

3.) 使摆满;使充满;使长满 [(+with)]

The air was loaded with soot. 空气充满煤烟。

4.) 大量给予[(+with)]

His brothers and sisters loaded him with books. 他的哥哥姐姐送给他许多书。

2.strict____________

. be strict with sb._____________

be strict in sth.________________

in the strict sense严格说来

strictly speaking 严格地说

be pleased with sb./sth.对某人(事)满意

e.g She is very strict not only _________all of us,but_________all her own work.

A.in,with B.with,with C.with,in D.in,in

3.compulsory_______________

4.commitment(n.)_________________ 承担义务 , 献身,投入(常与to sb/sth连用)

make a commitment to do 承诺

a commitment _________ $50000 to Red Cross 承诺向红十字会提供50000美元

○1I've taken on too many commitments. 我承担的义务太多了。

○2He doesn't want to get married because he is _______________________..

“他不想结婚,因为他害怕承担任何责任。”

5.to begin with (插入语)首先,___________________

类似词组有:to start with; to tell the truth; to be honest; to be frank; to make things worse

Although it had seemed a good reason, to begin with: no couple could afford to have children.

6. skeptical _____________

be skeptical about/of _________________

1)I’m rather _____________ their professed sympathy for the poor.

他们声称同情穷人,我对此有些怀疑。

2)e.g. Everyone says our team will win,but I _________it.

A.am sceptical of B.am sure of C.am proud of D.am concerned about

3)I am sceptical about his chances of winning. 我怀疑他取胜的可能性。

4)The public remain sceptical of these claims. 公众对这些说法仍持怀疑态度。

5)She looked highly sceptical.她一脸深表怀疑的神色。

7.tendency (n.)________________

to/towards sth.

tendency to do sth.

○1罪犯使用枪械的上升趋势 an increasing tendency towards the use of firearms by criminals

○2人们在家里而不是在办公室里工作的趋势日益增长。

There is a growing tendency for people to work at home instead of in offices.

8. drop out 退学 1 退出,脱离2 退学,辍学

①He has dropped out of active politics. 他已经不再积极参政了。

②a word that has dropped out of the language 该语言中已经废弃的一个词。

③One of my teeth has dropped out. 我的一只牙齿掉了。

④She started a degree but dropped out after only a year.

她开始攻读工程学学位,但仅一年后就辍学了。

⑤She dropped out of school to become a waitress. 她退学去当女招待。

9.expand (vi.)_________________(vt.)______________

1.) 展开,张开(帆,翅等)

The eagle expanded its wings. 老鹰展开翅膀。

2.) 使膨胀;使扩张

3.) 扩大;扩充;发展

He is thinking of_________________. 他正考虑扩展他的生意。

4.) 详述

They have ________________ on the question. 他们已更充分地阐明了我对这个问题的观点。

vi.

1.) 展开,张开

2.) 扩张;发展;增长

In ten years the city's population_____________ 12%. 十年之中,该城人口增加了百分之十二。

3.) 膨胀

Water expands when it freezes. 水结冰时体积膨胀。

A tire expands when you pump air into it. 轮胎打了气就会胀大。

4.) 详细说明[(+on/upon)]

10. distribute _______________~ sth (to / among sb/sth)

①The organization ______________________________________.

这个机构向地震灾民分发了食品和毯子。

②The newspaper is distributed free. 这份报纸免费分发。

③The money was distributed among schools in the area.

这笔款项是在本地区的学校中分配的。

④Who distributes our products in the UK? 谁在英国分销我们的产品?

⑤The teacher distributed the pupils into three groups. 老师把学生分成三组。

11. result in _______________

result from _____________

①job losses resulting from changes in production 生产革新造成的失业。

②When water levels rise, flooding results. 水位上升,就会发洪水。

③The cyclone has resulted in many thousands of deaths. 飓风已经造成成千上万的人死亡。

④[+ -ing] These policies ______________many elderly people suffering hardship.

这些政策使许多老人和残疾人在困苦中挣扎。

12.donate ______________

vt. 捐献,捐赠[(+to)]

She __________________________________. 她把自己的书捐赠给图书馆。献血 __________

vi. 捐献,捐赠[(+to/towards)]

My husband _____________________ every year. 我丈夫每年都捐钱给那个组织。

donation n.[(+to)]

1.) 捐献,捐赠[U][C]

She made a donation of $5,000 to the Children's Hospital. 她捐了五千美元给儿童医院。

2.) 捐款;捐赠物[C]

13. profession

n. 1.) (尤指受过良好教育或专门训练者,如律师、医生、教师的)职业,专业[C]

She intends to make teaching her profession. 她打算以教书为业。

2.) 同业,同行[sing.]

The ___________________ claim that they are badly paid. 教师同行们声称待遇太差。

He is a leading member of _____________________. 他是医疗业中首屈一指的医生。

比较:career

n. 1.) (终身的) 职业,事业[C]

He wasn't interested in her stage career. 他对她的演戏职业不感兴趣。

2.) 经历;生涯;历程[C]

He found it both interesting and instructive to learn about the careers of great men.

他觉得了解伟人的生平既很有趣又有教益。

比较:occupation

n. 1.) 工作,职业[C]

What is your father’s occupation? 你父亲的职业是什么?

2.) 消遣;日常事务[C][U]

He was bored for lack of occupation. 他因无所事事而感到厌烦。

3.) 占领,占据;占领时期[U]

The Japanese occupation of Taiwan lasted fifty-one years. 日本占领台湾达五十一年之久。

4.) 占用;居住;占用(或居住)期

No one is yet in occupation of the house. 这所房子还没有人住进去。

所以,在三个表示职业的词中,profession n.(尤指受过良好教育或专门训练者,如律师、医生、教师的)职业,专业,[C];career n. (终身的)职业,事业[C];occupation n.职业,工作 [C],是一种泛指。

14.advocate___________

①我拥护逐步改革的政策。I _______________________________.

②主张核武器裁军者an advocate of nuclear disarmament

15. obtain _______________

vt. 得到,获得

He ___________________________.他没有获得奖学金。

They obtained a loan from the government. 他们从政府那里得到一笔贷款。

vi. 得到公认;通用;流行;存在

Those conditions no longer obtain. 那些情形已不存在。

The custom still obtains in some areas. 某些地区仍保留着这一习俗。

16. select

vt. 选择,挑选,选拔[(+for/from)]

He selected a team for the special task. 他为这项特殊任务挑选了一组人马。

Mr. Reed has been selected to represent us on the committee.

里德先生代表我们已被选入委员会。

vi. 做出选择,挑选 adj. 1.) 挑选出来的;精选的

A select group of their friends was invited to the wedding.

他们的经过挑选的一群朋友应邀参加婚礼。

2.) 上等的,优等的,卓越的

She only stays at select hotels. 她只住一流旅馆。

17. suit

n. (一套)衣服[C]

I picked out a black suit. 我挑了一套黑色西装。

vt. 1.) 适合,中...的意

Would Friday morning suit you? 星期五早上对你合适吗?

The arrangement suited us both. 这个安排对我们两人都合适。

2.) (不用被动式) 与...相配,与...相称

This dress suits you beautifully. 这件衣服你穿非常合适。

3.) 使合适; 使适应 [(+to)]

Her speech was well suited to the occasion.

她的讲话在这个场合十分得体。

比较:fit作动词的用法

sth. suit sb.=look attractive on ab. 合某人身

be suited for(to)sb./sth.=be suitable or right for sb./sth.适合某人

He is better suited to a job with old pupils.他较适合教小学高年级学生。

e.g. Mr Gong,who is in poor health,__________such a hard life.

A.is suit to living B.is suit to live C.is suited to living D.is suited to live

Period 2 Warming up

Teaching aims and demands:

(1) To improve the Ss’speaking and listening skills

(2) Grasp some useful phrases:

Teaching procedures:

Step 1 Disscussion

SB P.100 Let the Ss disscuss the questions in the text then check the answers with the Ss.

Step 2 Listening

Listen to the tape and finish the exercise on page 101

Step 3 Speaking

Divide the Ss into several groups to discuss and let them report their ideas to the class

Step 4 Language points

1. How is it similar to Chinese education?

be similar to 与…相似

My teaching style is similar to that of most other teachers.

2.compare your notes with your partner’s.______________________

compare notes with sb.与某人交换看法或意见等

make a note of=make notes of请记录下

take a note/notes of记笔记…

3.a heavy workload_______________________

a load of=loads of+可数或不可数名词,大量,许多

load…with sth.=load sth. onto/into把某物装到…上

e.g.○1Men were loading up a truck with wood.

=Men were loading up wood onto a truck.

○2She loaded film into the camera.=She loaded the camera with film.她把胶卷装到了相机里。

区分 burden_____________________________________

load _____________________________________

Period 3 Reading-Education for all

Teaching aims and demands:

(1)To get general ideas of the passage

(2)To improve the Ss’ reading skill

1.Main idea of each paragraph:

Para. A ____________________________________

Para. B ___________________________________

Para. C ___________________________________

Para. D ___________________________________

Para. E ___________________________________

Para. F ___________________________________

Para. G ___________________________________

Step 2 Read and answer

1.Why do students learn in different ways?

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________.

2.What are the three basic learning styles?

______________________________________________________________________________.

3.What is the limitation of teachers’ teaching in classrooms?

_______________________________________________________________________________

3.Pay attention to some numbers in the text and fill in the following blank.

1.In _____, the Chinese government introduced a law stating that by the year _____ every Chinese child would have ____ years of compulsory education.

2. It is reported that ____of school-age children in China attended primary school by .

3. When the World Education Forum met in _____, it calculated that there were ____ million children not in school.

4. At the Forum, the member countries of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) made a commitment to provide “complete, free and compulsory primary education for good quality for all children by _____”. 5. In the Turks and Caicos Islands, where there are less than _______ people, the number of students in some school is so low that students of several different grades are taught in the same classroom. 6. In north and central Australia the population is so spread out that children in some rural settlements can be as far as _____ km away from the nearest school.

7. ___________ students in United States lives in the countryside, and providing them with a full curriculum is difficult.

8. China has also adopted distance learning methods such as television lessons and in _____, the Ministry of Education introduced computerized teaching networks in central and western China.

9. Now, when a Chinese couple has ______, they can be confident that their child will be able to attend school.

10. This mountain school in Lesotho, Africa has ____ students

11. The Alice Springs School of the Air in Australia has ____ children who live in an area of over __________ square kilometers.

12. There is ____ teacher, ____ classroom, no doors, windows, desks or chairs. (one , one )

4.According to the passing , which countries use the following methods to help them provide education ?

Methods Countries

Australia, China, the USA

The Turks and Caicos Islands, parts of the remote central and western regions in China,

China, the developing countries in Africa and Asia

China, the developing countries

5. Reading comprehension :Choose the best answer

1. According to the text , ______ of school-age children attended primary school by _______ .

A. 99 % ; B. 86% ; 2000 C. 99% ; 2004 D. 86% ; 2004

2. What suggests that many countries realize the importance of education ?

A. They realize that the future welfare of their citizens is closely linked to education

B. They attended the World Education Forum in 2000

C. At the World Education Forum in 2000 , they made a commitment called “Education for all”

D. They are trying to get every child into school

3. ______ prevents some people attaching importance to education .

A. The importance of agriculture B. Heavy work on the farm

C. Traditional ideas D. All the above

4. What kind of classes can often be seen in western provinces in China ?

A. Mixed grade classes B. Classes of large sizes

C. Classes of small sizes D. Classes by two-way radio and mail

5.What measures do many developing countries take to provide schools with necessary equipment?

A. They call on their citizens to donate it

B. They depend on aid from other countries and international organizations or programs

C. They borrow it from their neighbor countries

D. Developed provinces provide aid for less developed provinces

6. How many countries are mentioned in the text to have adopted distance learning methods ?

A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 4

7. According to Paragraph F , which of the following is one of the education problems existing in America ?

A. The quality of teaching is not good nationwide

B. There are too many families now below poverty line

C. One third of the students live in the countryside

D. Violent crimes take place in schoolyards

8. The text talks mainly about ______ .

A. “Education for all ”----the international target

B. solving the problems of teaching quality in remote areas

C. encouraging people in rural areas to accept education

D. problems of the number of people in one area and location

9. It’s difficult for some countries in Africa and Asia to achieve the goal of “ Education for all ” , because _______ .

A. the population is too large

B. they are facing many other problems , such as lack of fresh water and basic health care

C. the international aid is far from enough

D. the economy there is the least developed

10. Which of the statements is true ?

A. People’s attitude towards education affects education system

B.The number of people in one area and people’s distribution can also cause education problems

C. Education system can be affected by economy

D. All the above

6.Decide True or False according to the text.

①In 2000 the Chinese government passed a law that every child must have nine years of compulsory education.

②In the 2000 World Education Forum,the member countries of the UNESCO promised to provide

education for all although they have many difficulties.

③There are 113 million children not in school today.

④Children who live on farms do not like to attend school.

⑤Some children in the countryside tend to drop out of school even if they start school.

⑥Class sizes are larger in city schools than in rural schools.

⑦Whether all the population can receive education depends on economy.

⑧The reason why distance learning is adopted in remote areas is that children live so far away.

⑨By every child in the world will receive nine years of compulsory education.

⑩China had made great achievements in accomplishing its “nine years of compulsory education”goal.

Period 4 Language points in reading

Teaching aims and demands:

(1) To learn and grasp some important phrases in the text

(2) To learn some important language points

Step 1 Important language points

1. introduce 介绍,正式提交,实施

He introduced me to a Greek girl at the party.

The first lecture introduces students to the main topics of the course.

The company is introducing a new range of products this year.

The new law was introduced in 1991.

2.nine years of compulsory education_____________________

3.be highly successful_____________________

highly 与high 区别; close 与closely 区别

1)Do you see that butterfly flying high above the street?

你是否看见那只蝴蝶在街道上方高高飞舞 着?

2)The distinguished guests were highly praised.贵宾们受到了高度赞扬。

引申:Suddenly the door was ______and in came Mr. Wang.

A. open wide B. widely open C. wide opened D. open widely

(答案为C,由前面的suddenly可见,此句强调动作,故用被动语态,而不用形容词,wide与widely都有副词,但是意义不同,他们的区别好象deep/deeply,high/highly,close/closely)

4. It is reported that 据报道…

类似的句型还有:it is said/ believed/hoped/announced that …

5.be closely linked to_____________________

6.make a commitment to provide …作出一项承诺提供

①(n.)______________

1)make a commitment to sb.to do sth.=make a promise作出承诺

2)She doesn’t want to make a commitment to Steve at the moment._____________________

② commit vt. ______________

to sth.

commit sb./yourself to doing sth.向……承诺做某事

to do

e.g.1)总统承诺要改革卫生保健制度。

The President is committed ____________________.

2)双方承诺和平解决矛盾。

Both sides committed themselves to_________________________.

7. face similar difficulties_____________________

①face to face 面对面地

I rushed out of the office and found myself face-to-face with the boss.

“我冲出办公室,面对面地碰上了老板。”

The burglar turned the corner and found himself face to face with a policeman.

那窃贼转过墙角,面对面碰上一个警察。

②in the face of 不顾;面对,在…前面

He succeeded______________________________. 尽管有巨大的困难,但他成功了。

③be faced with 面临

I realized that Hamlet was faced with an entirely different problem.

我意识到Hamlet面临着完全不同的问题。

The state is now faced with the immediate question of raising new taxes.

国家面临紧迫的问题,收新税。

8.To begin with,it is important to create a positive attitude.______________________

to begin with

1)首先,第一

I’m not going. ______________,I haven’t a ticket, and secondly I don’t like the play.

我不去。一来我没票,二来我不喜欢这出戏。

2)起初

___________________he had no money, but later he became quite rich.

他起初没钱,可是后来相当富有了。

9. attach importance to ….认为。。。很重要

~ importance/significance/value/weight, etc. (to sth)

e.g我认为这个研究十分重要。I attach great importance to this research.

to attach

①to attach sth. to sth. 将某物系在、缚在或附在另一物上

to attach a label to each piece of luggage _______________________

②to attach sb. to sb. /sth. 将某人派给(一人或一组织)去执行某任务,使隶属于(尤用于被动语态)

You’ll be attached to this department until the end of this year.

你在年底前将暂属于这一部门。

③to attach oneself to sb./sth. (有时指不受欢迎或未受邀请而)依附某人、参加某事

A young man attached himself to me at the party and I couldn’t get rid of him.

聚会中有个小年青总缠着我,我也甩不开他。

④to attach sth. to sth. _______________________________

Do you attach any importance to what he said? 你认为他说的话重要吗?

⑤to attach to sb. 与某人相关联,归于某人

No blame attaches to you in this blame. 这件事不怪你。

10.have a tendency to be absent______________________

11.drop out 中途退学,辍学

drop behind 落后

drop by 顺便访问:停下做短暂访问

drop off 睡着;减少

drop in 顺便走访, 不预先通知的拜访

Attendance at football matches have______since the coming of television.

A.dropped in B.dropped off C.dropped out D.dropped down

10.be skeptical of anything that_____________________

take children away from their work on the farm不让孩子们田里劳动

12. be willing /unwilling to do (不)愿意。(不)乐意

They keep a list of people (who are) willing to work nights.

他们有一份愿意夜间工作的人的名单。

I’m perfectly willing to discuss the problem.我十分乐意讨论这个问题。

They are unwilling to invest any more money in the project. 他们不愿再为这个项目投资。

She was unable, or unwilling, to give me any further details.

她不能,或不愿意,向我提供进一步的细节。

13. mean 想要,意思是;

① [常用被动] ~ sb for sth| ~ sb to be sth (想要某人成为,想要某人去做)

I was never meant for the army (= did not have the qualities needed to become a soldier).

我根本就不是块当兵的料。

②by all means可以,当然行,没问题

‘Do you mind if I have a look?’ ‘By all means.’借我看一眼行吗?当然可以。

③by means of sth (formal) 借助…手段,依靠…方法

The load was lifted by means of a crane. 重物是用起重机吊起来的。

④by no means 绝不,一点也不

She is by no means an inexperienced teacher. 她绝不是一个毫无经验的老师。

We haven’t won yet, not by any means. 我们离成功还远着呢。

By no means are these cases exceptional. 这些例子绝不是例外。

14.China’s large population meant that the school had to expand to take in many more students. ________________________________-

take sb. in收留,留宿e.g.He was homeless,so we took him in.

take sb. in欺骗,蒙骗 She took me in completely with her story.

她的一番花言巧语完全把我骗了。

take sth. in吸入,吞入,改小,包含 The tour takes in six European capitals.

14.result in lare class sizes结果造成班级人数很多

result in(=cause)导致,造成

result from由…产生,是…的后果

His illness resulted from eating contaminated food. 他生病是由于吃了不干净的食物。

e.g.This method,_______in areas near Shanghai,_________in a market rise in total production.

A.trying,resulting B.tired,resulted C.trying,resulted D.tried,resulting

15.In north and central Australia the population is so spread out that …

spread out 分散,伸展身体,摊开东西

1)There’s more room to spread out in first class. 头等舱宽敞些,伸得开腿。

2)Do you have to spread yourself out all over the sofa?

你就非得躺下,把整个大沙发全占了才行吗?

3)The searchers spread out to cover the area faster. 搜索人员分散开来,好更快搜索这一地区。

16.Australia uses “distance settlements can be as far as

as far as the eye can / could see 极目所尽

The bleak moorland stretched on all sides as far as the eye could see.

荒凉的旷野向四面伸展开去,一望无际。

as far as I know |/as far as I can re member/see/ tell, etc. 就我所知道/据我所记得的/依我看。

As far as we knew, there was no cause for concern. 就我们所知,没什么可担心的。

As far as I can see, you’ve done nothing wrong. 依我看,你没有做错任何事。

She lived in Chicago, as far as I can remember. 据我所记得的,她过去住在Chicago。

as / so far as sb/sth is concerned |就…而言

As far as I am concerned, you can do what you like.就我而言,你想干什么就干什么。

17. available 可获得的,可找到的,有空的

Tickets are available free of charge from the school. 学校有免费票。

When will the information be made available? 何时才能了解到情况?

Further information is available on request. 详情备索。

This was the only room available. 这是唯一可用的房间。

We’ll send you a copy as soon as it becomes available. 一有货我们就会给你邮寄一本去。

Every available doctor was called to the scene.所有能找到的医生都备召集到了现场。

Will she be available this afternoon? 今天下午她有空吗?

18. rely on /upon 依赖; 依靠

These days we rely heavily on computers to organize our work.

[+ -ing] The industry relies on the price of raw materials remaining low.

You can rely on me to keep your secret.

He can’t be relied on to tell the truth

19. adopt 收养,采用 (方法);采纳(建议,政策等)

All three teams adopted different approaches to the problem.

三个队处理这个问题的方法各不相同。

The council is expected to adopt the new policy at its next meeting.

委员会有望在下次会议上正式通过这项新政策。

20. overcome 克服,战胜

She overcame injury to win the Olympic gold medal.

The two parties managed to overcome their differences on the issue.

Step 2 Useful phrases in the reading

1)compulsory education_________________2) the future welfare_______________

3) the World Education Forum_______________4)the member countries_________________

4)to make a commitment _________________5)get…into…______________

5)to begin with_______________________ 6)a positive attitude______________

7)play a/an…role_______________________8) to attach importance to…________________

9)be skeptical of…_____________________10) drop out__________________

11)be distributed ____________________

11) the remote central and western provinces______________________

12)spread out______________________13)by two-way radio and mail______________

14) rely on____________________ 14)non-governmental organizations________________

15)to donate sth._________________ 16) provide…with…______________

17)to adopt distance learning method___________________________

18)computerized teaching networks ______________________

19) a huge task____________________

Period 5 Language practice

Teaching aims and demands

(1)Consolidate the words that has been learned

(2)Grammar

Period 6 Integrating skills

Teaching aims and demands:

(1) To improve the students’ abilities of reading and comprehension

(2) To learn some language points

Step1 Lead-in

Step2 Reading comprehension:

1.Answer the questions:

1)What are the three basic learning styles?

_____________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________.

2)What is the passage mainly about?

_____________________________________________________________________________.

2.True or False:

①Students in a class are different from each other in many ways though they are of the same age and nationality.

②People’s ways of obtaining information and expressing themselves are always the same.

③If you prefer to read the information while learning,you are the type of the students who learn through doing.

④You are learning through listening if you prefer to acquire information by reading aloud,hearing a teaching explain something,using a tape recorder and so on.

⑤Students who have the learning through doing style like to sit still for long periods of time and concentrate their minds while reading or listening.

⑥It is easy for teachers to suit their students’various leaning styles.

⑦It’s necessary for one to find the study methods which are suitable for him or her.

⑧Appropriate learning styles can make one study more effectively.

Step 3 Language points

1. have …in common

2. suggest 不用虚拟的用法

3. demonstrate 证明,论证,表达,显露,示范,演示,示威(常用搭配:demonstrate +that /wh--/to do)

Let me demonstrate to you some of the difficulties we are facing.

让我来向你说明一下我们面临的一些困难。

His sudden departure had demonstrated how unreliable he was.

他突然离去,这说明他多么不可靠。

The theories were demonstrated to be false. 这些理论已被证明是错误的。

We want to demonstrate our commitment to human rights.我们向表明我们对人权的信念。

Her job involves demonstrating new educational software. 她的工作包括演示新的教学软件。

students demonstrating against the war. 举行反战示威游行的学生。

4. category 类别,种类

Students over 25 fall into a different category. 25岁以上的学生属于另一类。

The results can be divided into three main categories. 结果可以分成3大类。

引申:categorize/se 将。。。分类,把。。加以分类

Participants were categorized according to age. 参加者按年龄和性别分组。

His latest work cannot be categorized as either a novel or an autobiography. 他的近作既不属于小说也不属于自传。

5. be active in 积极参加

She takes an active part in school life.

The parents were active in campaigning against cuts to the education budget.

6. approach vt./n接近,靠近,建议,要求,(待人接物或思考问题的)方法,方式,态度

We heard the sound of an approaching car / a car approaching。我们听见一辆车驶近的声音。

She approached the bank for a loan.她向银行要求贷款。

The school has decided to adopt a different approach to discipline.

学校决定采用另一种方式解决纪律问题。

She took the wrong approach in her dealings with them. 她用错误的手段和他们打交道。

7.restriction(n.)限制 restrict(v.)…to把…限制在…

1)出售枪支受到许多法律限制。

The sale of firearms is subjected to many legal restrictions.

2)她限制自己一天吃两顿饭。

She _________________two meals a day.

3)一个家庭限制只生一个孩子。

One family ________________having one child.

篇2:Unit 12 Education 教案学案一体化讲义(学生版)(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

Unit12 Education

高三英语备课组 主备:谢琴 -11-20

Teaching Aims:

1. Learn about education in China and other countries

2. Talk about study methods and learning styles

3. Practise making comparisons

4. Integrative language practice

Important new words and phrases:

load, workload, strict, compulsory, commitment, skeptical, tendency, absent, expand, distribute, corporation, donate, curriculum, ministry, worldwide, aspect, profession, alongside, advocate, housewife, obtain, evident, recorder, select, suit, restriction, schedule, presentation, to begin with, drop out (of), result in, attach ... to ...

Important sentences structures:

1. It is reported that 99% of school-age children in China attended primary school by 2004. P103

2. In China, as in other countries, the government realizes that the future welfare of its citizens is closely linked to education. P103

3. In areas where agriculture plays an important role, people do not attach importance to education, and parents are skeptical of anything that take children away from their work on farm. P103

4. In some cultures parents are particularly unwilling to send their daughters to school because the custom is to educate boys rather than girls. P 103

5. To solve this, Australia uses “distance learning” methods, where the students have lessons by two-way radio and mail. P 103

6. In these countries, where some people do not even have fresh water or basic health care, reaching the target of “Education for All” will be a huge task, despite help from the international community. P104

Teaching procedures:

Period I Word Study

1. load

A. n.[C]

1.) 装载;担子

The load on that beam is more than it will bear. 那根梁上的载重超过了它所能承受的量。

2.) (精神方面的)负担;重任

The good news has taken a load off my mind.

3.) (车,船等的)装载量;一车(或一船等)货物

The truck was carrying a load of sand. 卡车装运一车沙子。

B. vt.

1.) 装,装载[(+with)]

码头工人正把煤装上船。 The dockers are .

2.) 把弹药装入(枪,炮);把胶卷装入(照相机)

别忘了给你的相机装胶卷。

3.) 使摆满;使充满;使长满 [(+with)]

The air soot. 空气充满煤烟。

4.) 大量给予[(+with)]

His brothers and sisters 他的哥哥姐姐送给他许多书。

vi.

1.) 装货[(+up)]

Have they finished yet? 他们把货物装完了吗?

2.) 上子弹

The soldiers loaded and fired. 士兵们装上子弹便射击。

2. strict → n. strictness

1) 严格说来

2) be strict with somebody

Our teacher 老师对我们很严格。

3) be strict in something

Mr. Li is 李先生对自己的工作要求很严格。

我们应该事事都严格要求自己。

.

3. compulsory adj.

1.) 必须做的;义务的;必修的

英语是必修科目吗? Is English a compulsory subject?

Education is compulsory for children in most countries.

2.) 强制的,强迫的

compulsory legislation 强制性立法

4. commitment n. 承诺, 保证, 承担

(1) 承诺,约定,约束

a commitment to pay $50000 to Red Cross 承诺向红十字会提供50000美元

make a commitment

中国承诺竭尽全力帮助受海啸袭击的亚洲地区.

China has help the tsunami-hit regions of Asia.

(2) 责任,承担义务

I’ve taken on too much commitment.

He doesn’t want to get married because he is afraid of any commitment.

commit vt.

(1) 犯(错误、罪行),干(坏事、傻事)

commit a mistake ( an error ) 犯错误

(2) 把……托付给;把……提交给 (to)

commit a child to the care of a nursery 把孩子交托给托儿所

把一件事提交给委员会

(3) 把……押交;把……判处

把某人投进监狱

commit sb. to five years’ imprisonment

(4) 使承担义务,使做出决定;使表态

commit sb to do sth / to doing 责成某人做某事

5. tendency

n.[C]

1.) 倾向;癖性;天分[(+to/toward)][+to-v]

他有悲观的倾向。

鲍勃有爱夸张的倾向。

2.) 趋势,潮流[(+to/toward)][+to-v]

There is a tendency towards regional cooperation. 有一种地区性合作的趋势。

3.) 倾向;意向

His new magazine has anarchic tendencies. 他的新杂志有无政府主义倾向。

tend vi. 走向,趋势(to, towards)

向着岸边走

趋于同一结论

6. drop out

1.) 脱离

Luckily, I before the deal .

很幸运的,在交易变坏前我已退出了。

. 我的一只牙齿掉了。

2.) 退出;退学

She to become a waitress. 她退学去当女招待。

To our great surprise, he decided to (退出政治)

What do you think we should do to ?

(阻止孩子辍学)

“drop” phrases:

drop behind 落后,落伍

drop in on sb. at a place 顺便走访

drop into 跌入,落下,不知不觉

1) If I have time, I’m sure to __ ___ you.

2) With the meeting going on, most of them ___ ___ sleep.

3) During the journey, Tom and Tim ___ __ the rest of the teammates.

7. distribute vt. n. distribution adj. distributive

1.) 分发;分配[(+to/among)]

They had 他们把土地分给农民。

2.) 散布,分布[(+over)]

This species of butterfly our country. 这种蝴蝶在我国分布很广。

8. profession n.

1.) (尤指受过良好教育或专门训练者,如律师、医生、教师的)职业[C]

她打算以教书为业。 .

2.) 同业,同行[the S][G]

教师同行们声称待遇太差。 .

He is a leading member of the medical profession. 他是医疗业中首屈一指的医生。

3.) 声明;表白[C][(+of)]

She did not . 她不相信他的爱情表白。

9. result in -- lead to result from-lie in

as a result of as a result without result

1) As we all know, diligence _ success while failure _ laziness.

2) The injuries a fall.

3) I was in the bath, , I didn’t hear the phone.

4) He was late for the train traffic jam.

5) He tried to recall her name .

6) Firemen said the fire was under control, but they warned that the change in the weather might ____ _____ new fires.

A. result from B. bring in C. lead to D. break out

10. select

vt. 选择,挑选,选拔[(+for/from)]

Mr. Reed has been selected to represent us on the committee.

He selected a team for the special task.

比较:

choose---通常指在所提供的对象中,凭个人的判断力进行选择。

select----指有目的地仔细地认真地选择,有“精选”的含义。

pick out----比较通俗,指按个人的喜好或希望进行挑选,多用于有形的东西(人或事物)

1) You can your new bicycle.

2) He looked through the suits and the cheapest one for me.

3) the best answer.

adj.

1) 挑选出来的;精选的

A select group of their friends was invited to the wedding.

2) 上等的,优等的,卓越的

She only stays at select hotels. 。

11. suit

n. (一套)衣服[C]

. 我挑了一套黑色西装。

vt.

1) 适合,中...的意

Would Friday morning suit you? ?

The arrangement suited us both. 。

2) (不用被动式)与...相配,与...相称

. 这件衣服你穿非常合适。

3) 使合适;使适应[(+to)]

Her speech the occasion. 她的讲话在这个场合十分得体。

vi.

1) 合适,适当

________________________________________________? 这时间合适吗?

2) 相称;彼此协调[(+to/with)]

The position his abilities. 这个职位与他的能力相称。

辨析:fit, suit, match

fit 指大小,尺寸合体

suit 指颜色,花样,天气食物适合

match 和……..相配,和……..相称,使较量,一般指两样东西互相匹配或两人的能力势均力敌,互为对手。

1) This hat your jacket perfectly.

2) The color of the cloth a woman at my wife’s age.

3) These shoes don’t me-Have you got a large size?

4) This climate doesn’t her.(agree with)

Period Ⅱ Reading

Teaching Aims:

1. Learn the text and train the students’ reading ability.

2. Help the students learn more about education in China and other countries.

Teaching Important Points:

1. Help the students group the main idea of the passage and understand it better.

2. Learn and master the important words and phrases in this period.

Teaching Difficult Points:

How to help the students fully understand the passage and improve their reading ability.

Teaching methods:

1. Fast reading to get the general idea of each paragraph.

2. Careful reading and discussion to help the students understand the passage better.

3. Listening and reading to improve the students’ listening ability and pronunciation.

Teaching Aids:

the multimedia and tape-recorder

Teaching Procedures:

Step 1 Pre-reading

1. Look around our school and list some equipment, people and plans that are needed to run a school.

2. What measures does our government take to help the poor children to continue their studies?

Step 2 Fast-reading

Finish the following true or false exercise

1. All of the children can receive nine years of compulsory education in China. ( )

2. Education for All is the goal of many countries in the world. ( )

3. There are some traditional ideas that children should not go to school and that girls should stay at home. ( )

4. Large population, shortage of teachers and money are serious problems in some areas of many countries. ( )

5. All students cannot receive the same quality of teaching in USA. ( )

6. The developing countries may not overcome problems of population and economy with the help of the international community ( )

Step 3 Careful reading

Choose the best heading for each paragraph in the text and put A,B C…and G in the blanks.

___ ____ Education for all children worldwide will be difficult to achieve

___ __ Solving the problem of teaching quality in remote areas

___ ____ Compulsory education for all Chinese children

___ ___ Problems of number and location

___ _ Encouraging people in rural areas to accept education

____ ___ Meeting the cost

____ ___ Education for All-an international target

Step 4 Language points

1. It is reported that 99% of school-age children in China attended primary school by 2004.

It is reported (said, thought, hoped …) that … 句型结构,通常表达“据报道(据说,人们认为,人们希望等)”,其中句首的it是形式主语,真正的主语是that引导的从句内容。

eg. the children will carry on our family traditions.

我们期待孩子们能继承我们家族的传统。

据说他将出国留学。 .

2. In China, as in other countries, the government realizes that the future welfare of its citizens is closely linked to education.

be linked to 与……连接(相关)的

eg. 新的桥梁将把该岛与大陆连接在一起。

.

The road links all the new towns.

3. In some cultures parents are particularly unwilling to send their daughters to school because the custom is to educate boys rather than girls.

rather than 而不是 would rather … than … 宁愿,宁可……也不

other than 不同于,除了 or rather 更确切地说

1) I think I would have a cold drink coffee.

2) I have the red one the green one.

3) These shoes are comfortable pretty.

4) There is nobody here me.

5) You can’t get there by swimming.

6) She works as a secretary, a typist.

4. To solve this, Australia uses “distance learning” methods, where the students have lessons by two-way radio and mail.

to solve this是目的状语提前,表示强调;另外句中where引导的是非限定性定语从句,修饰说明methods;此类定语从句比较特别,因为其中的引导词并非表示地点的名词,类似的名词还有case, situation, condition等。

eg. 你能想出一个使用这个成语的情况吗?

?

You have arrived at the point a change is needed.

The president makes a speech he expressed his satisfaction.

Period Ⅲ Integrating Skills

Step 1 Pre-reading

As a student you are learning many things every day. What different activities do you and your teachers do to help you learn?

Step 2 Careful-reading

1. How many different kinds of learning styles are there? And what are they?

.

2. Why is it necessary for the student to know his or her own learning style?

.

3. Give a definition for each learning style.

.

本单元短语:

1. 九年义务教育 nine years of compulsory education

2. 达到目标 reach the target

3. 学龄儿童 school-age children

4. 上小学 attend primary school

5. 与……密切联系 be closely linked to

6. 全球教育论坛 the World Education forum

7. 联合国教科文组织 UNESCO = United Nations Educational, Science and Cultural Organization

8. 承诺,许诺 make a commitment

9. 与……相同 be similar to

10. 首先 to begin with

11. 重视 attach importance to

12. 怀疑 be sceptical of / about

13. 使……脱离 take ……away from

14. 改变传统观念 change traditional ideas

15. 有……倾向 have a tendency to

16. 辍学 drop out

17. 吸收,接纳 take in

18. 短缺(名词) a shortage of

19. 在混合班里上班 have mixed-grade classes

20. 展开 spread out

21. 在一些乡村定居点 in some rural settlements

22. 几乎完全依赖其他国家的援助 rely almost completely on aid from other countries

23. 远程学习distance learning

24. 三个中有一个 one in / out of three

25. 通过希望工程捐赠钱 donate money through the Hope Project

26. 向某人提供全部课程 provide sb. with a full curriculum

27. 完成目标 accomplish the goal

28. 出台一部法律 introduce a law

29. 详细地谈论;彻底地谈论 talk things through

30. 不愿意做 be unwilling to do ……

Writing

和其他国家一样, 中国政府正在尽其最大的努力给学龄儿童提供九年义务教育. 而且结果非常成功. 然而, 在农村地区,贫困地区,人口稀少地区仍然存在许多问题和困难. 远程教育和混合班很有帮助. 一些国际组织和地方组织都提供了一些钱来满足贫困地区的花费.

尽管“全民教育”这个目标很难达到, 联合国教科文组织,每个政府以及一些当地组织正在努力.我们的路很漫长,但我们一定会成功!

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Period Ⅳ Exercises

单项选择:

1. He was strict his work.

A. in B. with C. for D. on

2. Fifteen people were present the meeting held yesterday, and five were absent it.

A. from; at B. to; from C. at; from D. at; to

3. Hard work success.

A. results from B. leads in C. lie in D. results in

4. in the college entrance examination twice, he decides it again.

A. To fail; not to take B. Having failed; not to take

C. On failing; not to take D. Failing; not taking

5. This house is similar that one in style.

A. toB. in C. for D. on

6. Tom didn’t like to study at school and later .

A. dropped in B. dropped out C. dropped on D. dropped off

7. He, you, is to blame.

A. other B. rather than C. and D. more than

8. She great importance regular exercises.

A. ties; to B. puts; to C. attaches; to D. lays; on

9. They listened to my lecture, but how much did they ,I wonder?

A. get in B. put in C. take on D. take in

10. He found his uncle the reading of a workers newspaper.

A. absorbing B. absorbed C. buried D. absorbed in

11. The newly designed shirt me but the color me well.

A. doesn’t fit; fits B. isn’t fit for; fits C. doesn’t fit; suits D. isn’t fit for; suits

12. The problem _________ many children have __________ out of school is getting more and more serious.

A. that; dropped B. which; got C. of; fallen D. as; run

13. I’d rather read than watch television; the programs seem all the time.

A. to get worse B. to have got worse

C. that it is getting worse D. to be getting worse

14. , the idea of having to work under a woman defeated him.

A. Wanting the job very much B. Although wanting the job badly

C. Though he wanted the job very much D. He wanted the job badly

15. -Now that you like the Lenovo Computer, why not buy one?

-Well, I can’t afford computer.

A. that expensive a B. a that expensive C. that an expensive D. an expensive that

完形填空

“Is the plane strong enough?” I asked myself when I saw my aero plane. We saw luggage 16 to it on trolleys and being loaded from under the aircraft. Next, three men and three girls, all in _ 17 , went over to the plane and 18 it. Over the loudspeakers we were 19 the plane was ready to leave and were asked to walk 20 to it. Everybody moved quickly in order to get the seats they wanted. I was 21 to get a seat near the tail, but the plane looked 22 inside than it had from outside. I fastened my seat___23 before we 24 and tried to 25 my nervousness. After an hour's flying I 26 black clouds ahead through my window.

My 27 immediately returned. An electric sign flashed 28 : “Fasten your seat belts, please.” And one of the hostesses made a 29 _request over the loudspeakers. She told us we were about to fly into a storm but __20 cheerfully there was nothing to worry 21 . The plane shook all over, dropped about 20 feel and seemed to hang on one 22 .Then very suddenly it rose 20 feet and a great flash of 23_ lit up the passenger compartment. For five minutes the three 24 did their best to give out anti-sickness pills and __25__ the passengers. The plane rose and fell. Then we noticed it was climbing higher and higher. The sky became light again and soon we were flying steadily. The pilot had managed to get above the storm. I realized then that the plane was definitely stronger than it looked, and it was unnecessary for me to worry at first.

16. A. going out B. gone out C. making out D. taking out

17. A. clothes B. uniform C. form D. uniformity

18. A. reached B. flew C. entered D. climbed

19. A. asked B. noticed C. announced D. told

20. A. out B. along C. in D. by

21. A. impossible B. incapable C. unable D. unsuitable

22. A. prettier B. stronger C. steadier D. smaller

23. A. belt B. string C. hand D. ribbon

24. A. took off B. took out C. landed D. took of

25. A. kill B. decrease C. forget D. relax

26. A. noticed B. had been noticing C. would notice D. had noticed

27. A. sadness B. forgetfulness C. nervousness D. excitement

28. A. on B. up C. out D. in

49. A. general B. similar C. common D. sharp

30. A. smiled B. spoke C. added D. acted

31. A. at B. about C. on D. with

32. A. edge B. hook C. line D. wing

33. A. lightning B. fire C. sun light D. thunder

34. A. hostesses B. men C. pilots D. passengers

35. A. smooth B. save C. cool D. comfort

阅读理解

A

According to some talk, the younger generation in Smithville is the most anti-social in history. This seems far from the truth. Young people today as a whole are better, more informed, more ambitious, healthier, and more alert than ever before. Why then, it may be asked, do we witness such restlessness and such anti-social behavior among our young people?

For the answer the citizens of this community must look at themselves. What have they done to improve the life of our youth? How many playgrounds have been built in the last fifteen year? How many swimming pools? How many vocational training projects have been started? How many community-organized youth parties and picnics have been held?

The average citizen will answer that the responsibility for these activities belongs to the schools. But the schools cannot be held responsible for all the free-time activities of all the young people of this community. The job of the schools is formal education, not free time entertainment.

This community needs a youth center suitable for such activities as picnics, camping, sports, music, art, and theatricals. There could be social and entertaining activities to meet the needs and interests of every member of out school age youth.

Mayor Elmo D. Greely has proposed the formation of a Youth Club as the first step in the direction of a Youth Center. Mayor Greely has called a meeting at the City Hall on Friday, August 15.

36. What does the writer think of the underlined sentence?

A. He thinks it is true. B. He thinks it is not true.

C. He thinks it is partly true. D. He thinks it is nonsense.

37. The main idea of paragraph 2 and 3 is ________.

A. to give us lots of questions to show that the problem is serious

B. that schools should hold the responsibility for education rather than entertainment

C. to analyze the reasons why the youth are anti-social

D. that schools should take more activities or star many vocational training projects

38. The solution to the problem of the youth's anti-social behavior is ___________.

A. enriching the life of the youth B. taking part in picnics, camping

C. attending a meeting held by Mayor D. needing support from youth

39. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?

A. The anti-social problem, B. The duty of formal education.

C. A Youth Club is needed. D. A Youth Center is needed.

B

Australia has very strict laws relating to the importation and possession of certain goods. Food, plant material and animal products from overseas--including many common souvenirs -could introduce some of the world's most serious pests and diseases into Australia. Failing to declare quarantine items (需要检疫的物品) on arrival could destroy our agriculture, tourism industries and special environment.

Every piece of luggage will be screened or x-rayed on arrival in Australia. So you must declare for inspection of all food, plant material and animal products to check that they are free of pests and diseases.

You must tick YES on the Incoming Passenger Card(IPC) to declare if you are carrying any food, plant material or animal products. In signing the IPC, passengers are making a legal declaration and failure to answer all questions truthfully can have serious consequences.

If you fail to declare or dispose of any quarantine items, or make a false declaration:

* you will get caught;

* you could be fined over A $ 200 on-the-spot; or

* you could be prosecuted and fined more than A $ 60,000 and risk up to 10 years imprisonment;

If you are not sure about the items you are carrying, ask a quarantine officer who will determine whether they are allowed into Australia.

40. The reason why you are asked to declare quarantine items on arrival is that _________.

A. too many overseas products could destroy Australia's tourism industry.

B. animal products are often the cause of various diseases.

C. as is known to us all, bad food can spread diseases easily.

D. these items may carry dangerous pests or diseases into Australia.

41. You need to declare the following things EXCEPT _______ if you have them in your luggage.

A. some metal hairclips B. dried flowers

C. some moon-cakes D. a bottle of honey

42. For what purpose is the passage written?

A. To inform the passengers of the law on the exportation of goods.

B. To warn the passengers not to take unsafe goods.

C. To tell the passengers to Australia to have their quarantine items declared.

D. To urge the passengers to protect the agriculture, tourism and environment.

43. If you don't declare quarantine items, ________.

A. you can probably get away with it

B. you are sure to be discovered and punished

C. you can turn to the customs officers for help

D. you can give them away to a quarantine officer

C

United States President George W. Bush is expected to issue a directive in the next few weeks. It will give the US Air force a green light for the development of space weapons, US media reported last week.

This would potentially trigger a new global arms race, some experts have warned.

To keep that from happening, last Wednesday the White House explained that it was not considering putting weapons in space. It said it was making a shift in US space policy to allow for protection of satellites.

But some defense analysts and arms control advocates argue that the policy will pave the way for the US to put both defensive and offensive weapons in space.

“No one should be fooled,” said Theresa Hitches, an American weapons expert.

The US is now restricted by a directive signed by President Bill Clinton. Plans for space weapons were vetoed by the Clinton cabinet. The directive emphasized the peaceful use of space, in agreement with almost unanimous(一致的) global opinion.

The US military has placed importance on space and has sent up numerous satellites for troop communications and to provide intelligence and data to guide bombs to their targets.

The US Air force wants to develop space-based weapons that could strike targets any where in the world within 90 minutes of receiving the order to open fire.

These new weapons under development cover a wide range. They include hunter-killer satellites(杀手卫星) and orbiting weapons(沿轨道运行的武器系统). And they use lasers, radio waves, or even dense metal tubes, known as “Rods from God”, dropped from space to do the damage.

There are many barriers to the setting up of this kind of program, experts say.

First is the cost. It is estimated that the budget may be US $ 220 billion to US $1 trillion. The technical difficulties of developing reliable space weapons are also a problem. And, the move will draw strong criticism from around the world. Experts worry about triggering a space arms race.

44. The news report mainly deals with ______.

A. US Military Plans.

B. The Global Arms Race

C. A Comparison between Two presidents.

D. President George W. Bush and the World Peace

45. Which of the following statements are mentioned in the passage above?

a. President George W. Bush supports space weapon development.

b. The US space weapon project is very costly.

c. The American space-based weapons to be developed will be able to target any place on the earth.

d. The US military has few difficulties with the development of space weapons.

e. The space weapon program will threaten world peace.

f. Clinton government was poorer than Bush government.

A. b,d,e,f B. a,c,d,f C. b,c,d,e D. a,b,c,e

46. After reading this passage, it can be inferred that _________.

A. George W. Bush's directive to be issued will be against global opinions.

B. The White House is right in explaining that US new space policy aims to protect satellites.

C. US government has little difficulty in developing new weapons.

D. President George W. Bush and Bill Clinton share a lot in common.

47. The author's attitude towards the upcoming space weapon development is ________.

A. supportive and optimistic B. critical and worried

C. excited and content D. indifferent but a little encouraged

篇3:Unit 12 Education 全单元教案(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

Teaching aims:

1. Learn about education in China and other countries

2. Talk about study methods and learning styles

3. Better the students listening and writing abilities

Teaching methods

Team work learning Task-based learning

Teaching aids

The computer media system in the classroom A tape recorder

Periods One & Two

Words and expressions

Step One Greeting

Greet the students as usual.

Step Two Lead in

Read aloud all the words and expressions to make sure the students can pronounce them correctly.

Step Three Comment on the usages of the key words & expressions

( Cf the ppt files )

1. load []

n. 1.(车、船、人、畜等的)负荷;负担;载重

The truck was carrying a load of bananas. 这辆卡车装着一车香蕉。

We have to make three loads of the cargo. 我们得把货物分装三车。

2. (车辆等的)载重量

I’ve ordered two lorry-loads of sand. 我已定购了两卡车沙子。

3.(一个成员、一台机器等的)工作量,负荷

I have a fairly light teaching load this term. (教学负担相当轻)

4. (常与of连用)大量,许多 (a load of/loads of )

To the reader’s disappointment, the leading article in this issue of the

magazine is a load of rubbish.

这期杂志上的主要文章废话连篇,使读者大失所望。

v. 1. (常与up, with连用)装,装满,载满

We loaded the truck with bananas. 我们把香蕉装上卡车。

2. 装上(弹匣、胶卷)

Don’t move! The gun is loaded. 别动!这支枪是上了膛的。

workload [] n. 工作量, 工作负担

She has a very heavy workload. 她的工作负担很重。

2. strict [strikt]

adj. 1. 严格的,严厉的 (规则或行为)(+with)

Our teacher is strict; we have to do what she says.

我们的老师很严格,我们不得不按她说的去做。

2. 精确的;完整的

He made a strict analysis of the experiment. (做精确的分析)

3. compulsory [] adj. 义务的;强制的;强迫的

Education is compulsory for all children in Britain between the age of five and sixteen. 在英国5岁到16岁的儿童都要接受义务教育。

4. commitment []

n. 1. 承诺

The general has repeated his commitment to holding elections as soon as possible. 将军重申了尽快进行选举的承诺。

2.责任;承担义务

I've taken on too many commitments.

我承担的义务太多了。

3.忠诚,信奉,支持

The company’s success this year would not have been possible without the commitment and dedication of the staff.

如果没有员工的奉献精神,公司今年的成功是不可能的。

5. tendency []

n. 1. 倾向;趋势 ① (+to, towards)

There is an increasing tendency towards the use of firearms by criminals. 罪犯使用枪械的趋势在上升。

② (+to v. )

There is a growing tendency for people to work at home instead of in offices.

人们在家里而不是在办公室工作的趋势日益增长。

2. 癖好,秉性 ①(+to, towards)

He’s always had a tendency to /towards frivolity. 他向来表现出轻浮的倾向。

② (+to v. )

The teacher criticized his tendency to view world affairs purely in terms of the East-West conflicts.

老师批评了他那种单纯从东西方冲突的角度去观察国际事务的倾向。

6. expand []

vi.&vt. 1. 扩大,膨胀

The business has expanded from having one office to having twelve.

这个公司已从一个分公司发展到拥有12个分公司了。

2. 详述(故事,论证等), 引申

I don’t quite follow your reasoning. Can you expand (on it)?

我不大理解你的论断,你能详细地加以说明吗?

You’ll have to expand your argument if you want to convince me.

你如果想使我信服, 就必须详述你的论点。

3.Vi. (人)变得更友善更健谈

He expanded a little when he had had a drink, and started to talk more freely. 他喝了一杯酒,变得更友善,并开始畅谈起来。

7. distribute []

vt. 1. 分发,分配某事物 (+sth. to/among sb./sth.)

The demonstrators distributed leaflets to passers-by. 示威向行人分发传单。

2. 使(某事物)散开,散布

Baggage loaded onto an aircraft must be evenly distributed.

飞机载运的行李应均匀放置在各个部位。

拓展:distribution

n. 1. 分发,分配(多作不可数名词)

The boys complained that the distribution of prizes was unfair.

男孩们抱怨奖品分配不均。

2.分布,散布(多作不可数名词)

The pine-tree has a very wide distribution. 松树的分布很广。

8. corporation []

n. 1. 公司;企业

John works for a large American chemical corporation.

约翰为一家美国大化学公司工作。

2. 市政府

The corporation has decided that no heavy-duty trucks are permitted to pass through the centre of the city during rush hours.

市政当局决定高峰期间不允许载重卡车通过市中心。

拓展:corporate []

adj.1. 社团的;团体的

corporate responsibility, action, etc 共同的责任,行动等

2. 市政府的;公司的

Corporate executives usually have high salaries.

公司里的管理人员一般享有高薪。

9. donate []

vt. 捐赠;赠送

The businessman donated a lot of money to the hospital.

这个商人捐给医院很多钱。

拓展:donation [] n. 捐赠;捐赠品;捐款

She made a donation of $ 1,000 to the Children’s Hospital.

她捐了1,000 美元给儿童医院。

10. ministry []

n [C] 1. (政府的)部

My brother works in the Ministry of National Defense.

我弟弟在国防部工作。

2. the ministry [GP] 神职界;(全体)牧师

His parents intended him for the ministry. 他的父母有意让他当牧师。

11. aspect []

n. 1. 方面 He mentioned only one aspect of the problem.

他只提到问题的一个方面。

2. 容貌,表情

He was serious of aspect but wholly undistinguished.

他面色严峻,却不过一庸人而已.

3. ( 房屋、门窗等的)朝向

She prefers a house with a southern aspect.

她喜欢朝南的房子。

12. profession []

1. 专业,职业(尤指受过专门训练的,如法律、教学等)

He is a lawyer by profession.

他是职业律师。

2. 信仰或信念的表白

His profession of concern did not seem sincere.

他所表示的关心看来并非出自内心。

拓展:professional adj. []

adj.1. 从事专门职业的 2. 职业的,专业的

A lawyer is a professional man. 律师是从事专门职业的人。

For professional footballers, injuries are an occupational hazard.

对于职业足球运动员来说,受伤是职业本身带来的危险。

13. alongside []

1. prep 在…旁边;与…并排

The car drew up alongside the kerb. 小汽车在路边停下来。

2. adv. 横靠着;沿着;傍着

We brought our boat alongside. 我们把船靠边。

14. advocate []

1.vt. 拥护;提倡; 主张

He advocates building more schools. 他主张多建几所学校。

2. n.(常与of连用)拥护者;提倡者

I am not a strong advocate of “English only” in the reading class.

对于阅读课上只用英语,我不是个强烈的拥护者。

15. obtain []

vt., vi. 得到,获得

I haven't been able to obtain that book. 我还没能得到那本书。

辨析:get, obtain, acquire, gain, win, earn

这组动词的一般含义是“得到”。

obtain包含着“努力”、“希望”或“决意”去获得某物的意思。

The journalist immediately set out to obtain these important facts.

那位新闻记者立即着手获取这些重要的资料。

Ordinary people would then be able to use them to obtain valuable information.

那时平常的人便能运用它们去获取宝贵的信息。

get是最普遍、使用范围最广的词

I sat in the front of the bus to get a good view of the countryside.

我坐在公共汽车的前部,以得到有利于观赏农村风光的机会。

acquire虽然含有“努力获得”的意思,但更强调在原来的基础上自然增长或新的增添。

After having been instructed to drive out of town, I began to acquire confidence.

接到把车开出城的指令后,我的信心增长了。

gain有obtain的含义,但更强调目的物需要努力奋斗才能得到,而且这种东西具有价值,特别是物质价值。

During that time, she so gained my aunt's confidence that she was put in charge of the domestic staff.

在这期间,她得到了我姑姑如此的信任,结果被委任为家仆的负责人。

A penny saved is a penny gained. 省一文是一文。(谚语)

win虽然常常可以和gain换用,但win具有gain所不能表达的含义。如:获得者具有有利的品质

It seemed certain that this would win the prize.

这一块会得奖,这似乎是肯定的了。

This invariably wins them the love and respect of others.

这种行为常常为他们赢得别人的爱戴和尊敬。

earn包含着获得物与所花的气力是相互成比例的

His achievements earned him respect and admiration.

他的成就为他赢得别人的尊敬和赞美。

Some of them have come home for a few days' hard-earned leave.

他们中的有些人已经回国,度过那得之不易的几天假日。

16. evident [] adj.明显的

It's evident that you are tired. 显然你累了。

辨析:evident, obvious, clear, plain

这组形容词都有“清楚的”或“明显的”意思。

evident在善于修辞的作者笔下,总包含一定的迹象。

It's evident that someone has been here.

显然有人来过这里。

obvious所表示的“明显的”强调容易发现,常常用于修饰或说明那些本想掩盖而又没有能掩盖彻底的事情

The rope had been cut, so it was obvious that the lamb had been stolen.

绳子是被割断的,因此这只羊羔显然是被偷去的。

注:此句中的obvious 换用evident则更确切。

He is the stereotyped monster of the horror films and the adventure books, and an obvious (though not perhaps strictly scientific) link with our ancestral past.

它们是恐怖电影和惊险小说中的老一套的怪物,并且与我们的祖先有着明显的(虽然可能没有科学的) 联系。

clear(以及常见的plain)是口语中常用词,其含义为“清楚易懂”。clear 除了“清楚的”,“清晰的”之外,还有许多其他含义。如“流畅的”,“无障碍的”等。

The water of the lake is as clear as glass.

湖水清彻如同明镜。

He gave a clear answer to the direct question.

他对那个直截了当的问题作了清晰的答复。

plain除了“清楚的”、“浅显的”之外,也有些别的含义。如:a plain face(一个普通的或不漂亮的面孔)

The letter was written in plain English.

那封信是用浅显的英语写的。

17. select []

1. vt. 挑选,选择;择优 (select sb./sth. as sth. )

I was selected for the team.

我被选入这个队。

2. adj.挑选的,精选的, 择优的

a select group of top scientists 最优秀科学家小组

a film shown to a select audience 给内部观众反映的影片

辨析:choose, select, elect, pick

这些动词都指从一些可能性中做出选择。

Choose含有运用判断力在一些人、物或行为方式中选出一个的意思。

We do not choose survival as a value; it chooses us。

并不是我们把生存作为一种价值而选择了它;而是它选择了我们。

Select侧重于从许多不同种类中进行选择时的挑剔态度。

Four skiers will be selected to represent each country.

每个国家将选出四名滑雪者作为代表。

Elect强烈地暗示着通常在两者之间作出挑选时的深思细想。

I elected not to go.

我决定不去。

Pick和select 一样,表示选择时的小心谨慎。

I picked a book to read. 我选了一本书读。

18. suit [su:t, sju:t]

vt.1. 满足;取悦;适意;对…方便

It suits me if you come to work at eight o'clock.

如果你八点来上班我就满意了。

2. 适合,适当

That dress suits you. 那套衣服你穿起来挺合适。

n. 1. n. 一套衣服, 套装

a business suit 一套西装

2. 诉讼

He is suiting for divorce. 他向法院提出要求离婚。

19. restriction []

n. 限制;约束

There is a restriction against smoking in schools. 禁止在学校吸烟。

拓展:restrict []

vt. 限制;限定

He restricts himself to two cigarettes a day.

他限制自己每天吸两支香烟。

schedule []

n. 时间表;进度表;程序表

The next thing on our schedule is to telephone our friends.

我们的日程安排中要做的下一件事是给我们的朋友打电话。

20. presentation []

n. 1. [U] 赠送,引见,提出,出席,演出

They are preparing for the presentation of a new musical.

他们正准备上演新的歌舞喜剧。

2. [U] 赠送,引见,提出,出席,演出等的方式

She needs to improve her presentation of the arguments.

她需要改进阐述其论点的方式。

3. [C] 所赠送,引见,提出,出席,演出的事物,赠品,礼物,(尤指经仪式)授予之物

We went to the premiere of their new presentation.

我们去观看了他们的新剧目的首场演出。

The queen will make the presentation herself. 女王将亲自授予礼品。

拓展:present

adj. []

1. 出席的;到场的

How many people were present at the meeting? 会议有多少人出席?

2. 现在的;现存的

What is your present job? 你现在的工作是什么?

vt. []

1. 赠予;颁予

They presented flowers to their teacher. 他们献花给老师。

The mayor presented a silver cup to the winner. 市长把银杯授予了获胜者。

2.提出;呈递

The committee is presenting its investigation report next week.

委员会将于下星期提出调查报告。

The baker presented his bill. 面包师呈上帐单。

3. 表示;呈现

He presented his apologies. 他表示道歉。

4. 演出;公演

The theatre company is presenting 'Romeo and Julia' by Shakespeare next week.

剧团下星期将演出莎剧'罗密欧和朱丽叶'。

5. 介绍;引见;举荐

May I present Mr Robinson to you? 可否让我向你介绍罗宾逊先生?

The new ambassador was presented to the president. 新大使被引见给总统。

6. 展现

He always presents a calm smiling face. 他总是展现出平和的微笑。

7. 表现;造成

Money presents no difficulty to them. 资金对他们来说不成问题。

Step Four Homework

Ex 1 Page 105

Period 3 Let’s listen and speak!

Goals

Talk about education in China and other countries.

Talk about some great educators in China and other countries.

Compare education in China and other countries.

Talk about the achievements and problems in education in China.

Procedures

Step 1 Lead in

(1) by discussion.( pair work, approx. 5 mins.)

T: Hi, everyone. Today we’re going to talk about education and some great educators in China and in other countries. Do you know any great educators?

(Give Ss 3 mins to discuss it in pairs, then present their results to the whole class. )

Leading in(2) by warming up (group work, approx. 10 mins.)

Hello, boys and girls. Look at the pictures in the warming up part on page 100, and think about the following questions.

(1) The educators in the pictures are all famous. When did they live and where did they come from?

(2) Do you know how they taught their students? How was it different from your own education?

(3) Write down what you know about the four educators in the chart on the next page and then report to the class.

Educator Time Country Way of teaching

Confucius Spring and Autumn Period in Chinese history China with the principles of good conduct, practical wisdom, and proper social relationships

Anton Makarenko 1888–1939 Russia His theories emphasized the importance of physical labor, discipline, and the collective in education.

Anne Sullivan 1866-1936 the USA a special educator

show love and patience to students

Tao Xingzhi 1891-1946 China The theory of “Life Education”

He proposed “unity of teaching, learning, and reflective acting.”

He believed that one should do first, then one will know.

(For Ss’ limited knowledge, teachers can show the following information.)

Step 2 Listening

Say to Ss: The four educators made great contributions to the young students’ education. And we know that education is of great importance to a country. The education in China has been improved a lot. But there are still a lot for us to do and to be learned from other countries. Next let’s listen to two students comparing education in China and the USA.

1. Before you listen to the tape, think about the following questions.

(1) What do you know about education in the United States?

(2) How is it similar to Chinese education? How is it different?

2. Before you listen to the tape, please go through the chat below.

3.Now let’s listen to the tape and make notes under each heading in pairs.

Comparison of education in China and the USA

Class size

Method of teaching/Teaching style

Homework

Exams

4. After the first listening, encourage the Ss to say what they’ve got from the tape and collect them on the blackboard.

5. Listen to the tape for the second time for details. Help Ss to finish the chart.

6. To make the students understand the passage better, let them listen to the tape for the last time.

Step 3 Speaking

T: We should say that education is very important to a country. To our great joy, education in China has made great improvement. Now please look at the graphs on pages 101 to 102 and discuss the following questions. Before you discuss them, let’s go through some words and phrases.

statistics: (used with a pl. verb)Numerical data.

(与复数动词连用)统计数据

graph: A diagram that exhibits a relationship, often functional, between two sets of numbers as a set of points having coordinates determined by the relationship.

曲线图;座标图;图解

bar graph [统]条线图

line graph [数]线图

Now please look at the two graphs on page 102 and discuss the questions on the right in a group of four.

Good, you’ve got a good idea about education in China. With the results you have got, please talk about the achievements, progress and problems in education in China. The following words and phrases may be useful for your discussion.

a heavy workload

to reduce the workload

to meet parents’ expectation

to be strict with

to raise academic standards

under high pressure

Step 4 Homework

1. Ask the students to collect more information about the four famous educators: Confucius, Anton Makarenco, Anna Sullivan, Tao Xingzhi.

2. Ask the students to collect some information about the education in the city/province.

3. Ask the students to list all the equipment, people and plans that are needed to run a school.

Period 4 Education for all

Goals

◆ Provide students with the goal “Education for all” and the present situation of education in China and other countries.

◆ Improve students’ ability of reading comprehension.

Procedures

Step 1 Leading in

1. Talk about the education in the city or province.

2. Talk about the equipment, people and plans that are needed to run a school.

Conclusion: We are lucky enough to have quite good education in our city. But there are many children who don’ t have the chance to go to school because of various reasons. In China we have the “Hope Project” that helps many children who are unable to go to school. And also there is a project named “Education for all”. Today we’ll talk about “Education for all”.

3.Discussion

What is needed to set up a school? Cf. ppt. files on the screen

Step 2 Reading for general ideas

Ask students to read the passage “Education for all” and match the best heading for each paragraph in the text.

Suggested answers:

B Education for all children worldwide will be difficult to achieve

D Solving the problem of teaching quality in remote areas

A Compulsory education for all Chinese children

F Problems of number and location

C Encouraging people in rural areas to accept education

E Meeting the cost

G Education for All---an international target

Main idea of the text

The passage makes it clear to us that Education for all is closely linked to the development of a country. To achieve the target, many measures should be taken, such as making poor traditional village people attach enough importance to education, dealing with the shortage of teachers by having mixed-grade classes, solving financial problems and improving teaching quality in rural areas by adopting distance learning.

Step 3 Reading comprehension

Task A Choose the best answer

1. According to the text, ______ of school-age children had attended primary school by _____. C

A. 99 %; B. 86%; 2000

C. 99%; D. 86%; 2004

2. What suggests that many countries realize the importance of education? C

A. They realize that the future welfare of their citizens is closely linked to education.

B. They attended the World Education Forum in 2000.

C. At the World Education Forum in 2000, they made a commitment called “Education for all”.

D. They are trying to get every child into school.

3. ______ prevents some people attaching importance to education. D

A. The importance of agriculture

B. Heavy work on the farm

C. Traditional ideas

D. All the above

4. What kind of classes can often be seen in western provinces in China? A

A. Mixed grade classes

B. Classes of large sizes

C. Classes of small sizes

D. Classes by two-way radio and mail

5. What measures do many developing countries take to provide schools with necessary equipment? B

A. They call on their citizens to donate it

B. They depend on aid from other countries and international organizations or programs

C. They borrow it from their neighbor countries

D. Developed provinces provide aid for less developed provinces

6. How many countries and regions are mentioned in the text to have adopted distance learning methods? A

A. 3 B. 4 C. 5 D. 6

7. According to Paragraph F, which of the following is one of the education problems existing in America? C

A. The quality of teaching is not good nationwide

B. There are too many families now below poverty line

C. One third of the students live in the countryside

D. Violent crimes take place in schoolyards

8. The text talks mainly about _____. A

A. “Education for all ”-- the international target

B. solving the problems of teaching quality in remote areas

C. encouraging people in rural areas to accept education

D. problems of the number of people in one area and location

9. It’s difficult for some countries in Africa and Asia to achieve the goal of “Education for all”, because _______. D

A. the population is too large

B. they are facing many other problems, such as lack of fresh water and basic health care

C. the international aid is far from enough

D. the economy there is the least developed

10. Which of the statements is true? B

A. People’s attitude towards education don’t affect education system

B. The population in one area and people’s distribution can also cause education problems

C. Education system can be affected by students

D. All the above

Task B Complete the forms

Problems & Solutions

Problems Solutions

Parents unwilling to send daughters to school Create a positive attitude

Shortage of classrooms Large class sizes

Shortage of teachers Have mixed grade classes

Shortage of money From international and local organization

Far away from the school Distance learning

Task C Learn the useful expressions from EDUCATION FOR ALL

compulsory education, the future welfare, the World Education Forum, the member countries, to make a commitment, get…into…, to begin with, a positive attitude, play a/an…role, to attach importance to…, be skeptical of…, drop out, be distributed, the remote central and western provinces, spread out, by two-way radio and mail, rely on, non-governmental organizations, to donate sth., provide…with…, to adopt distance learning method, computerized teaching networks, to overcome…, to accomplish…, a huge task.

Step 4 Further understanding of the passage

Ask students to do the task 2 on page 104.

Well, class, please go through the sentences on task 2 on page 104 and try to find out the mistakes in each sentence.

In order to achieve the goal of “education for all”, different countries use different ways to solve their own problems. Try to find out which countries use the following methods to help them provide education.

Distance learning, mixed-grade classes, money from international organizations, money from local organizations.

Now please discuss in a group of four if there are any ways in which education in your area could be improved and which you think is the most important aspect to change.

Step 5 Homework

1. review the passage: Education for all

2. Finish the exercises in “Language study” part.

Period 5 How we learn

Goals

1. Read about the study tips.

2. Talk about the way you learn.

Teaching procedures

Step 1: Listening and reading aloud.

Hello, boys and girls, you have been a student for some years. Have you found a good way to carry out your study. Today we’ll read a passage named “How we learn”. First read aloud to the recording of the text HOW WE LEARN on page107. Pay attention to the pauses, the pronunciation and the intonation while listening and reading aloud.

Post-reading questions:

1. Why do students learn in different ways?

2. What are the three basic learning styles?

3. What is the limitation of teachers’ teaching in classrooms?

Suggested answers:

1. Because different people have different ways of obtaining information and use various methods to demonstrate their intelligence and ability.

They are: learning through seeing; learning through listening and learning through doing.

2. Restrictions of time, space and resources often make it impossible for teachers to provide the best exercises for all learners.

Step 2: Reading

Task A Read the text to complete the following chart.

Type of writing This is a piece of descriptive writing

Main idea of the passage It tells about the world-wide efforts to achieve the goal of “Education for all”

Main idea of Para.1 Compulsory education for all Chinese children

Main idea of Para 2 Education for all children worldwide will be difficult to achieve

Main idea of Para 3 Encouraging people in rural areas to accept education

Main idea of Para 4 Solving the problem of teaching quality in remote areas

Main idea of Para 5 Meeting the cost

Main idea of Para 6 Problems of number and location

Main idea of Para 7 Education for All---an international target

Graphic representation of the text

Step 3. Reinforcement

Task B. Complete the sentences

1. Students are different in ___________, _______ and _____________________, yet they have a lot in common, such as the same _____ and ___________.

2. Different people have different ways to ______________ and to ____________ ________________________.

3. The three basic styles for people to learn are learning through ________, learning through __________ and learning through _________.

4. Those who learn through seeing like to see their teachers’ ________________ and ______________. They prefer to sit at the _____ of the classroom.

5. Those who like ____________ what their teachers say give close attention to both the _______ of the discussion and the _____ that things are said.

6. Those who don’t like to _______ for long or who can seldom ____________on what they are reading or listening learn through doing.

Task C. Study and learn the sentences

1. When learning something new, if you prefer to read the information, you are probably a student who learns through seeing. (Par. 3)

2. Students who find it easiest to learn a new concept by hearing …. (Par. 4)

3. Reading aloud, using a tape recorder …are the best for…. (Par. 4)

4. Learning through doing means being active in exploring the environment and finding out about things by moving and touching. (Par. 5)

Step 4. Assignment

The workbook exercises

Period 6 Reinforcement

Goals

3. Go over the key points of the unit

4. Write a composition about the education of China.

Teaching procedures

Step 1: Review the key points of the unit

1. Go over the chechpoints

2. Test your skills Cf Ex 1 Page 234

Step 2: Comment on the other exercises

Cf. the two reading materials & the close test on Page 238.

Step 3: Assignment

Writing

假如你叫王明,是二年级三班的班主任,17 岁的英国留学生玛丽在你班学习,请你根据老师们的评论用英语为其写一段评语,并填写报告书。

语文老师:她对汉语有浓厚的兴趣,而且口语很好.

数学老师:她擅长数学,每天做大量的数学练习.

化学老师:她喜欢做实验,但有时不够细心.

物理老师:物理是她最喜欢的学科,她是班里学得

最好的学生之一.

班 主 任:她讲礼貌、乐于助人、与师生相处融洽.

说明:

1.Profession 职业,Nationality 国籍, Comments 评语。

2.字数120字左右。

Name Profession Age

Grade Class Nationality

Class master's Comments:

Signature:

Suggested answer

Name Mary Profession student Age 17

Grade Senior 2 Class three Nationality British

Class master's Comments:

Mary is a clever girl with good manners. She is always ready to help others and therefore gets along very well with her classmates.

Having a special interest in Chinese, she speaks it pretty well. Mary is also good at maths and does a lot of exercises every day. She enjoys doing experiments in chemistry labs, but sometimes she needs to be more careful. In all the subjects, physics is the most favorite one to her and she is one of the best in this subject. She always tries her best to make better progress and things better.

All the teachers like her very much.

Signature: Wang Ming

篇4:Unit 12 Education 教案学案一体化讲义(教师版)(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

Unit12 Education

高三英语备课组 主备:谢 琴 -11-20

Teaching Aims:

1. Learn about education in China and other countries

2. Talk about study methods and learning styles

3. Practise making comparisons

4. Integrative language practice

Important new words and phrases:

load, workload, strict, compulsory, commitment, skeptical, tendency, absent, expand, distribute, corporation, donate, curriculum, ministry, worldwide, aspect, profession, alongside, advocate, housewife, obtain, evident, recorder, select, suit, restriction, schedule, presentation, to begin with, drop out (of), result in, attach ... to ...

Important sentences structures:

1. It is reported that 99% of school-age children in China attended primary school by 2004. P103

2. In China, as in other countries, the government realizes that the future welfare of its citizens is closely linked to education. P103

3. In areas where agriculture plays an important role, people do not attach importance to education, and parents are skeptical of anything that take children away from their work on farm. P103

4. In some cultures parents are particularly unwilling to send their daughters to school because the custom is to educate boys rather than girls. P 103

5. To solve this, Australia uses “distance learning” methods, where the students have lessons by two-way radio and mail. P 103

6. In these countries, where some people do not even have fresh water or basic health care, reaching the target of “Education for All” will be a huge task, despite help from the international community. P104

Teaching periods: 4

Period I Word Study

1. load

A. n.[C]

1.) 装载;担子

The load on that beam is more than it will bear. 那根梁上的载重超过了它所能承受的量。

2.) (精神方面的)负担;重任

The good news has taken a load off my mind. 听了这个好消息我就放心了。

3.) (车,船等的)装载量;一车(或一船等)货物

The truck was carrying a load of sand. 卡车装运一车沙子。

B. vt.

1.) 装,装载[(+with)]

码头工人正把煤装上船。 The dockers are loading the ship with coal.

2.) 把弹药装入(枪,炮);把胶卷装入(照相机)

别忘了给你的相机装胶卷。 Don’t forget to load your camera.

3.) 使摆满;使充满;使长满 [(+with)]

The air was loaded with soot. 空气充满煤烟。

4.) 大量给予[(+with)]

His brothers and sisters loaded him with books. 他的哥哥姐姐送给他许多书。

vi.

1.) 装货[(+up)]

Have they finished loading up yet? 他们把货物装完了吗?

2.) 上子弹

The soldiers loaded and fired. 士兵们装上子弹便射击。

2. strict → n. strictness

1) 严格说来 strictly speaking

2) be strict with somebody

Our teacher is strict with us. 老师对我们很严格。

3) be strict in something

Mr. Li is strict in his own work. 李先生对自己的工作要求很严格。

我们应该事事都严格要求自己。

We should be strict with ourselves in everything.

3. compulsory adj.

1.) 必须做的;义务的;必修的

英语是必修科目吗? Is English a compulsory subject?

Education is compulsory for children in most countries. 多数国家对儿童实施义务教育。

2.) 强制的,强迫的

compulsory legislation 强制性立法

4. commitment n. 承诺,保证,承担

(1) 承诺,约定,约束

a commitment to pay $50000 to Red Cross 承诺向红十字会提供50000美元

make a commitment

中国承诺竭尽全力帮助受海啸袭击的亚洲地区.

China has made a commitment to spare no efforts to help the tsunami-hit regions of Asia.

(2) 责任,承担义务

I’ve taken on too much commitment. 我承担的义务太多了。

He doesn’t want to get married because he is afraid of any commitment.

他不想结婚,因为他害怕承担任何责任。

commit vt.

(1) 犯(错误、罪行),干(坏事、傻事)

commit a mistake ( an error ) 犯错误

(2) 把……托付给;把……提交给 (to)

commit a child to the care of a nursery 把孩子交托给托儿所

把一件事提交给委员会 commit a matter to a committee

(3) 把……押交;把……判处

把某人投进监狱 commit sb. to prison

commit sb. to five years’ imprisonment 判处某人5年徒刑

(4) 使承担义务,使作出决定;使表态

commit sb to do sth / to doing 责成某人做某事

5. tendency

n.[C]

1.) 倾向;癖性;天分[(+to/toward)][+to-v]

He has a tendency towards pessimism. 他有悲观的倾向。

Bob has a tendency to exaggerate things. 鲍勃有爱夸张的倾向。

2.) 趋势,潮流[(+to/toward)][+to-v]

There is a tendency towards regional cooperation. 有一种地区性合作的趋势。

3.) 倾向;意向

His new magazine has anarchic tendencies. 他的新杂志有无政府主义倾向。

tend vi. 走向,趋势(to, towards)

向着岸边走 tend to shore

趋于同一结论 tend to the same conclusion

6. drop out

1.) 脱离

Luckily, I dropped out before the deal turned sour.

很幸运的,在交易变坏前我已退出了。

One of my teeth has dropped out. 我的一只牙齿掉了。

2.) 退出;退学

She dropped out of school to become a waitress. 她退学去当女招待。

To our great surprise, he decided to drop out of politics. (退出政治)

What do you think we should do to prevent the children from dropping our of school? (阻止孩子辍学)

“drop” phrases:

drop behind 落后,落伍

drop in on sb. / at a place 顺便走访

drop into 跌入,落下,不知不觉

1) If I have time, I’m sure to __drop in on ___ you.

2) With the meeting going on, most of them ___drop into____ sleep.

3) During the journey, Tom and Tim ___drop behind__ the rest of the teammates.

7. distribute vt. n. distribution adj. distributive

1.) 分发;分配[(+to/among)]

They had distributed the lands among the peasants. 他们把土地分给农民。

2.) 散布,分布[(+over)]

This species of butterfly is widely distributed over our country. 这种蝴蝶在我国分布很广。

8. profession n.

1.) (尤指受过良好教育或专门训练者,如律师、医生、教师的)职业[C]

她打算以教书为业。 She intends to make teaching her profession.

2.) 同业,同行[the S][G]

教师同行们声称待遇太差。 The teaching profession claim that they are badly paid.

He is a leading member of the medical profession. 他是医疗业中首屈一指的医生。

3.) 声明;表白[C][(+of)]

She did not believe in his professions of love. 她不相信他的爱情表白。

9. result in -- lead to result from-lie in

as a result of as a result without result

1) As we all know, diligence _ results in success while failure _ results from laziness.

2) The injuries resulted from a fall.

3) I was in the bath, as a result, I didn’t hear the phone.

4) He was late for the train as a result of traffic jam.

5) He tried to recall her name without result.

6) Firemen said the fire was under control, but they warned that the change in the weather might ____C_____ new fires.

A. result from B. bring in C. lead to D. break out

10. select

vt. 选择,挑选,选拔[(+for/from)]

Mr. Reed has been selected to represent us on the committee.

里德先生代表我们已被选入委员会。

He selected a team for the special task.

他为这项特殊任务挑选了一组人马。

比较:

choose---通常指在所提供的对象中,凭个人的判断力进行选择。

select----指有目的地仔细地认真地选择,有“精选”的含义。

pick out----比较通俗,指按个人的喜好或希望进行挑选,多用于有形的东西(人或事物)

1) You can pick out your new bicycle.

2) He looked through the suits and selected the cheapest one for me.

3) Choose the best answer.

adj.

1) 挑选出来的;精选的

A select group of their friends was invited to the wedding.

他们的经过挑选的一群朋友应邀参加婚礼。

2) 上等的,优等的,卓越的

She only stays at select hotels. 她只住一流旅馆。

11. suit

n. (一套)衣服[C]

I picked out a black suit. 我挑了一套黑色西装。

vt.

1) 适合,中...的意

Would Friday morning suit you? 星期五早上对你合适吗?

The arrangement suited us both. 这个安排对我们两人都合适。

2) (不用被动式)与...相配,与...相称

This dress suits you beautifully. 这件衣服你穿非常合适。

3) 使合适;使适应[(+to)]

Her speech was well suited to the occasion. 她的讲话在这个场合十分得体。

vi.

1) 合适,适当

Will that time suit? 这时间合适吗?

2) 相称;彼此协调[(+to/with)]

The position suits with his abilities. 这个职位与他的能力相称。

辨析:fit, suit, match

fit 指大小,尺寸合体

suit 指颜色,花样,天气食物适合

match 和……..相配,和……..相称,使较量,一般指两样东西互相匹配或两人的能力势均力敌,互为对手。

1) This hat matches your jacket perfectly.

2) The color of the cloth suits a woman at my wife’s age.

3) These shoes don’t fit me-Have you got a large size?

4) This climate doesn’t suit her.(agree with)

Period Ⅱ Reading

Teaching Aims:

1. Learn the text and train the students’ reading ability.

2. Help the students learn more about education in China and other countries.

Teaching Important Points:

1. Help the students group the main idea of the passage and understand it better.

2. Learn and master the important words and phrases in this period.

Teaching Difficult Points:

How to help the students fully understand the passage and improve their reading ability.

Teaching methods:

1. Fast reading to get the general idea of each paragraph.

2. Careful reading and discussion to help the students understand the passage better.

3. Listening and reading to improve the students’ listening ability and pronunciation.

Teaching Aids:

the multimedia and tape-recorder

Teaching Procedures:

Step 1 Pre-reading

1. Look around our school and list some equipment, people and plans that are needed to run a school.

2. What measures does our government take to help the poor children to continue their studies?

Step 2 Fast-reading

Finish the following true or false exercise

1. All of the children can receive nine years of compulsory education in China. ( T )

2. Education for All is the goal of many countries in the world. (T)

3. There are some traditional ideas that children should not go to school and that girls should stay at home. ( T )

4. Large population, shortage of teachers and money are serious problems in some areas of many countries. ( T )

5. All students cannot receive the same quality of teaching in USA. ( T )

6. The developing countries may not overcome problems of population and economy with the help of the international community ( F )

Step 3 Careful reading

Choose the best heading for each paragraph in the text and put A,B C…and G in the blanks.

___G____ Education for all children worldwide will be difficult to achieve

___F___ Solving the problem of teaching quality in remote areas

___A____ Compulsory education for all Chinese children

___D____ Problems of number and location

___C___ Encouraging people in rural areas to accept education

____E ___ Meeting the cost

____B___ Education for All-an international target

Step 4 Language points

1. It is reported that 99% of school-age children in China attended primary school by 2004.

It is reported (said, thought, hoped …) that … 句型结构,通常表达“据报道(据说,人们认为,人们希望等)”,其中句首的it是形式主语,真正的主语是that引导的从句内容。

eg. It is hoped that the children will carry on our family traditions.

我们期待孩子们能继承我们家族的传统。

据说他将出国留学。 It’s said that he will go abroad to study.

2. In China, as in other countries, the government realizes that the future welfare of its citizens is closely linked to education.

be linked to 与……连接(相关)的

eg. 新的桥梁将把该岛与大陆连接在一起。

The island will be linked to the mainland by a new bridge.

The road links all the new towns.

3. In some cultures parents are particularly unwilling to send their daughters to school because the custom is to educate boys rather than girls.

rather than 而不是 would rather … than … 宁愿,宁可……也不

other than 不同于,除了 or rather 更确切地说

1) I think I would have a cold drink rather than coffee.

2) I would rather have the red one than the green one.

3) These shoes are comfortable rather than pretty.

4) There is nobody here other than me.

5) You can’t get there other than by swimming.

6) She works as a secretary, or rather a typist.

4. To solve this, Australia uses “distance learning” methods, where the students have lessons by two-way radio and mail.

to solve this是目的状语提前,表示强调;另外句中where引导的是非限定性定语从句,修饰说明methods;此类定语从句比较特别,因为其中的引导词并非表示地点的名词,类似的名词还有case, situation, condition等。

eg. 你能想出一个使用这个成语的情况吗?

Can you think of a situation where this idiom can be used?

You have arrived at the point where a change is needed.

The president makes a speech where / in which he expressed his satisfaction.

Period Ⅲ Integrating Skills

Step 1 Pre-reading

As a student you are learning many things every day. What different activities do you and your teachers do to help you learn?

Step 2 Careful-reading

1. How many different kinds of learning styles are there? And what are they?

There are three basic learning styles: learning through seeing, learning through listening and learning through doing.

2. Why is it necessary for the student to know his or her own learning style?

If a student knows his own learning style, there is a lot he can do personally to improve his learning skills and find the most appropriate ways to approach his learning tasks. As a result, he will be able to manage his own learning and study more effectively.

3. Give a definition for each learning style.

Learning through seeing means: When learning something new, the learner prefers to read information. Learning through listening means: If a learner finds it easiest to learn a new concept by hearing a teacher explain it, he is a learner who learns through listening.

Learning through doing means: Being active in exploring the environment and finding out about things by moving and touching.

Step 3 Discuss and help Ss solve some problems, then underline some useful phrases.

本单元短语:

1. 九年义务教育 nine years of compulsory education

2. 达到目标 reach the target

3. 学龄儿童 school-age children

4. 上小学 attend primary school

5. 与……密切联系 be closely linked to

6. 全球教育论坛 the World Education forum

7. 联合国教科文组织 UNESCO = United Nations Educational, Science and Cultural Organization

8. 承诺,许诺 make a commitment

9. 与……相同 be similar to

10. 首先 to begin with

11. 重视 attach importance to

12. 怀疑 be sceptical of / about

13. 使……脱离 take ……away from

14. 改变传统观念 change traditional ideas

15. 有……倾向 have a tendency to

16. 辍学 drop out

17. 吸收,接纳 take in

18. 短缺(名词) a shortage of

19. 在混合班里上班 have mixed-grade classes

20. 展开 spread out

21. 在一些乡村定居点 in some rural settlements

22. 几乎完全依赖其他国家的援助 rely almost completely on aid from other countries

23. 远程学习distance learning

24. 三个中有一个 one in / out of three

25. 通过希望工程捐赠钱 donate money through the Hope Project

26. 向某人提供全部课程 provide sb. with a full curriculum

27. 完成目标 accomplish the goal

28. 出台一部法律 introduce a law

29. 详细地谈论;彻底地谈论 talk things through

30. 不愿意做 be unwilling to do ……

Writing

和其他国家一样, 中国政府正在尽其最大的努力给学龄儿童提供九年义务教育. 而且结果非常成功. 然而, 在农村地区,贫困地区,人口稀少地区仍然存在许多问题和困难. 远程教育和混合班很有帮助. 一些国际组织和地方组织都提供了一些钱来满足贫困地区的花费.

尽管“全民教育”这个目标很难达到, 联合国教科文组织,每个政府以及一些当地组织正在努力.我们的路很漫长,但我们一定会成功!

In China, as in other countries, the government has been doing its best to provide every school-age child nine years of compulsory education and the outcome is highly successful. Yet, problems and difficulties remain in the rural areas, some poor countries and less-populated areas. Distance learning and mixed-grade classes helped a lot. Besides, some international organizations and local organizations offered money to meet the cost in the poor areas. Though “Education for All” - the international target is hard to achieve, the UNESCO, every government and some local organizations are doing their bits. There is a long way to go, but we’re sure to succeed.

Period Ⅳ Exercises

单项选择:

1. He was strict his work.

A. in B. with C. for D. on

2. Fifteen people were present the meeting held yesterday, and five were absent it.

A. from; at B. to; from C. at; from D. at; to

3. Hard work success.

A. results from B. leads in C. lies in D. results in

4. in the college entrance examination twice, he decides it again.

A. To fail; not to take B. Having failed; not to take

C. On failing; not to take D. Failing; not taking

5. This house is similar that one in style.

A. toB. in C. for D. on

6. Tom didn’t like to study at school and later .

A. dropped in B. dropped out C. dropped on D. dropped off

7. He, you, is to blame.

A. other B. rather than C. and D. more than

8. She great importance regular exercises.

A. ties; to B. puts; to C. attaches; to D. lays; on

9. They listened to my lecture, but how much did they ,I wonder?

A. get in B. put in C. take on D. take in

10. He found his uncle the reading of a workers newspaper.

A. absorbing B. absorbed C. buried D. absorbed in

11. The newly designed shirt me but the color me well.

A. doesn’t fit; fits B. isn’t fit for; fits C. doesn’t fit; suits D. isn’t fit for; suits

12. The problem _________ many children have __________ out of school is getting more and more serious.

A. that; dropped B. which; got C. of; fallen D. as; run

13. I’d rather read than watch television; the programs seem all the time.

A. to get worse B. to have got worse

C. that it is getting worse D. to be getting worse

14. , the idea of having to work under a woman defeated him.

A. Wanting the job very much B. Although wanting the job badly

C. Though he wanted the job very much D. He wanted the job badly

15. -Now that you like the Lenovo Computer, why not buy one?

-Well, I can’t afford computer.

A. that expensive a B. a that expensive C. that an expensive D. an expensive that

完形填空

“Is the plane strong enough?” I asked myself when I saw my aero plane. We saw luggage 16 to it on trolleys and being loaded from under the aircraft. Next, three men and three girls, all in _ 17 , went over to the plane and 18 it. Over the loudspeakers we were 19 the plane was ready to leave and were asked to walk 20 to it. Everybody moved quickly in order to get the seats they wanted. I was 21 to get a seat near the tail, but the plane looked 22 inside than it had from outside. I fastened my seat___23 before we 24 and tried to 25 my nervousness. After an hour's flying I 26 black clouds ahead through my window.

My 27 immediately returned. An electric sign flashed 28 : “Fasten your seat belts, please.” And one of the hostesses made a 29 _request over the loudspeakers. She told us we were about to fly into a storm but __20 cheerfully there was nothing to worry 21 . The plane shook all over, dropped about 20 feel and seemed to hang on one 22 .Then very suddenly it rose 20 feet and a great flash of 23_ lit up the passenger compartment. For five minutes the three 24 did their best to give out anti-sickness pills and __25__ the passengers. The plane rose and fell. Then we noticed it was climbing higher and higher. The sky became light again and soon we were flying steadily. The pilot had managed to get above the storm. I realized then that the plane was definitely stronger than it looked, and it was unnecessary for me to worry at first.

16. A. going out B. gone out C. making out D. taking out

17. A. clothes B. uniform C. form D. uniformity

18. A. reached B. flew C. entered D. climbed

19. A. asked B. noticed C. announced D. told

20. A. out B. along C. in D. by

21. A. impossible B. incapable C. unable D. unsuitable

22. A. prettier B. stronger C. steadier D. smaller

23. A. belt B. string C. hand D. ribbon

24. A. took off B. took out C. landed D. took of

25. A. kill B. decrease C. forget D. relax

26. A. noticed B. had been noticing C. would notice D. had noticed

27. A. sadness B. forgetfulness C. nervousness D. excitement

28. A. on B. up C. out D. in

49. A. general B. similar C. common D. sharp

30. A. smiled B. spoke C. added D. acted

31. A. at B. about C. on D. with

32. A. edge B. hook C. line D. wing

33. A. lightning B. fire C. sun light D. thunder

34. A. hostesses B. men C. pilots D. passengers

35. A. smooth B. save: C. cool D. comfort

阅读理解

A

According to some talk, the younger generation in Smithville is the most anti-social in history. This seems far from the truth. Young people today as a whole are better, more informed, more ambitious, healthier, and more alert than ever before. Why then, it may be asked, do we witness such restlessness and such anti-social behavior among our young people?

For the answer the citizens of this community must look at themselves. What have they done to improve the life of our youth? How many playgrounds have been built in the last fifteen year? How many swimming pools? How many vocational training projects have been started? How many community-organized youth parties and picnics have been held?

The average citizen will answer that the responsibility for these activities belongs to the schools. But the schools cannot be held responsible for all the free-time activities of all the young people of this community. The job of the schools is formal education, not freetime entertainment.

This community needs a youth center suitable for such activities as picnics, camping, sports, music, art, and theatricals. There could be social and entertaining activities to meet the needs and interests of every member of out school age youth.

Mayor Elmo D. Greely has proposed the formation of a Youth Club as the first step in the direction of a Youth Center. Mayor Greely has called a meeting at the City Hall on Friday, August 15.

36. What does the writer think of the underlined sentence?

A. He thinks it is true. B. He thinks it is not true.

C. He thinks it is partly true. D. He thinks it is nonsense.

37. The main idea of paragraph 2 and 3 is ________.

A. to give us lots of questions to show that the problem is serious

B. that schools should hold the responsibility for education rather than entertainment

C. to analyze the reasons why the youth are anti-social

D. that schools should take more activities or star many vocational training projects

38. The solution to the problem of the youth's anti-social behavior is ___________.

A. enriching the life of the youth B. taking part in picnics, camping

C. attending a meeting held by Mayor D. needing support from youth

39. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?

A. The anti-social problem, B. The duty of formal education.

C. A Youth Club is needed. D. A Youth Center is needed.

B

Australia has very strict laws relating to the importation and possession of certain goods. Food, plant material and animal products from overseas--including many common souvenirs -could introduce some of the world's most serious pests and diseases into Australia. Failing to declare quarantine items (需要检疫的物品) on arrival could destroy our agriculture, tourism industries and special environment.

Every piece of luggage will be screened or x-rayed on arrival in Australia. So you must declare for inspection of all food, plant material and animal products to check that they are free of pests and diseases.

You must tick YES on the Incoming Passenger Card(IPC) to declare if you are carrying any food, plant material or animal products. In signing the IPC, passengers are making a legal declaration and failure to answer all questions truthfully can have serious consequences.

If you fail to declare or dispose of any quarantine items, or make a false declaration:

* you will get caught;

* you could be fined over A $ 200 on-the-spot; or

* you could be prosecuted and fined more than A $ 60,000 and risk up to 10 years imprisonment;

If you are not sure about the items you are carrying, ask a quarantine officer who will determine whether they are allowed into Australia.

40. The reason why you are asked to declare quarantine items on arrival is that _________.

A. too many overseas products could destroy Australia's tourism industry.

B. animal products are often the cause of various diseases.

C. as is known to us all, bad food can spread diseases easily.

D. these items may carry dangerous pests or diseases into Australia.

41. You need to declare the following things EXCEPT _______ if you have them in your luggage.

A. some metal hairclips B. dried flowers

C. some moon-cakes D. a bottle of honey

42. For what purpose is the passage written?

A. To inform the passengers of the law on the exportation of goods.

B. To warn the passengers not to take unsafe goods.

C. To tell the passengers to Australia to have their quarantine items declared.

D. To urge the passengers to protect the agriculture, tourism and environment.

43. If you don't declare quarantine items, ________.

A. you can probably get away with it

B. you are sure to be discovered and punished

C. you can turn to the customs officers for help

D. you can give them away to a quarantine officer

C

United States President George W. Bush is expected to issue a directive in the next few weeks. It will give the US Air force a green light for the development of space weapons, US media reported last week.

This would potentially trigger a new global arms race, some experts have warned.

To keep that from happening, last Wednesday the White House explained that it was not considering putting weapons in space. It said it was making a shift in US space policy to allow for protection of satellites.

But some defense analysts and arms control advocates argue that the policy will pave the way for the US to put both defensive and offensive weapons in space.

“No one should be fooled,” said Theresa Hitches, an American weapons expert.

The US is now restricted by a directive signed by President Bill Clinton. Plans for space weapons were vetoed by the Clinton cabinet. The directive emphasized the peaceful use of space, in agreement with almost unanimous(一致的) global opinion.

The US military has placed importance on space and has sent up numerous satellites for troop communications and to provide intelligence and data to guide bombs to their targets.

The US Air force wants to develop space-based weapons that could strike targets any where in the world within 90 minutes of receiving the order to open fire.

These new weapons under development cover a wide range. They include hunter-killer satellites(杀手卫星) and orbiting weapons(沿轨道运行的武器系统). And they use lasers, radio waves, or even dense metal tubes, known as “Rods from God”, dropped from space to do the damage.

There are many barriers to the setting up of this kind of program, experts say.

First is the cost. It is estimated that the budget may be US $ 220 billion to US $1 trillion. The technical difficulties of developing reliable space weapons are also a problem. And, the move will draw strong criticism from around the world. Experts worry about triggering a space arms race.

44. The news report mainly deals with ______.

A. US Military Plans.

B. The Global Arms Race

C. A Comparison between Two presidents.

D. President George W. Bush and the World Peace

45. Which of the following statements are mentioned in the passage above?

a. President George W. Bush supports space weapon development.

b. The US space weapon project is very costly.

c. The American space-based weapons to be developed will be able to target any place on the earth.

d. The US military has few difficulties with the development of space weapons.

e. The space weapon program will threaten world peace.

f. Clinton government was poorer than Bush government.

A. b,d,e,f B. a,c,d,f C. b,c,d,e D. a,b,c,e

46. After reading this passage, it can be inferred that _________.

A. George W. Bush's directive to be issued will be against global opinions.

B. The White House is right in explaining that US new space policy aims to protect satellites.

C. US government has little difficulty in developing new weapons.

D. President George W. Bush and Bill Clinton share a lot in common.

47. The author's attitude towards the upcoming space weapon development is ________.

A. supportive and optimistic B. critical and worried

C. excited and content D. indifferent but a little encouraged

参考答案:

1-5 A C D B A 6-10 B B C D D 11-15 C A D C A

16-20 A B C D A 21-25 C B A A C 26-30 A C A B C 31-35 A C A B C

36-39 B C A D 40- 43 D A C B 44-47 A D A B

篇5:Unit 8 Learning a foreign language学生版(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

单元学习目标:

1.单词:content stick case develop relate attitude blame experience disadvantage

2.短语:take part in / too much / more than / make sense / in other words / as well as / instead of

3.句型:be to 句式 / The more…the more… /部分否定

4.语法:虚拟语气

5.新课标理念:It is very important to learn English. It is a bridge when we communicate with foreigners. We should learn English hard.

Period 1 New words and expressions

Teaching aims and demands:

(1) To learn some words and expressions .

(2) To use the words and expressions correctly

1. motive n.(CN) 动机 目的

motivate vt. 作为┉的动机;激发

motivation n . (UN) 动机;积极性

I’m suffering from a lack of ________________. My new job is really boring.

我变得缺乏干劲,因为我的新工作极为沉闷。

He was ___________ by love, and expected nothing in return.

A. driven B. motivated C. forced D. compelled (强迫)

2. memorise( vt ) 记住,背熟 _____________ _______ _________背熟一首诗

3. dictation ( n )1). 口述;听写 [U] The pupils wrote at their teacher’s_____________.学生按照老师的口述写下来。

2). 命令[U] She was tired of her________ ___________.她对丈夫的发号施令感到厌烦。

4. correction( n.)1). 订正,修改;校正[U][C] Look carefully at the _____________which I have written in your essay. 请仔细看一下我对你文章修改过的地方。

2).惩治,惩罚[U];教养[PL]The prisoner was sent to a labour camp for_________________.囚犯被送往劳工营改过自新。

5. stick (n). 1.) 枝条;柴枝[C] 2.) 棍,棒,杖;手杖[C]

Grandpa still walks ________ ________ ____________爷爷走路仍不拄拐杖。

vt. 1.) 刺;戮;刺死 _________a pig 宰猪 2.) 钉住;插牢 ____________ a butterfly钉制蝴蝶标本

3.) 粘贴;张贴 They ______ _______ ____________on the wall. 他们把通知贴在墙上。

4.) 伸,伸出 Don\'t _________ __________ ___________out of the train window. 不要把头伸出火车窗外面。

5.) 使停止;阻塞 be stuck in 陷入

The ship has been __________ here for a week by bad weather. 由于天气恶劣,船只被阻在此已经一周。

Mike had the back wheel of his bus _________ in the snow.

A. to stick B stick C sticking D stuck

vi. 1.) 粘住;钉住 This stamp won\'t____________ 这张邮票贴不上。

2.) 陷住;梗塞;被困住 A fish-bone stuck in his throat. 他喉咙里卡了一根鱼刺。

______ _____伸出、突出 / ______ ______坚持(立场、观点、岗位、诺言)/_______ _______ _____ 陷入

No matter what you say, I shall __________ my opinion.

A carry out B keep up C insist on D stick to

6. effective

7. acquire vt. 学到(知识等);获得

acquisition n. ( CN) 获得或购得之物;(UN)获得

①She___________ an American accent while living in New York.

她住在纽约时学会了一口美国音。

②He_______ ____________ a good command/ knowledge of the French language.

他的法语学得很好。

It is through learning that the individual ___________ many habitual ways of reacting to situations.

A. retains B. gains C. achieves D. acquires

正是通过学习,个体才得以获得应付各种情况的惯常做法。

8.awful

He died a (an) ___________ death.

A aural B average C awful D fearful

9. instruct

vt.

1.) 指示,命令,吩咐=order

He __________ _________ _______deliver it to a customer. 他吩咐我把东西送去给顾客。

The judge instructed the witness that he _________ _________ the whole truth.法官命令见证人讲实话。

2.) 教授;训练;指导[(+in)] =teach

My job is_____ _______________ ________ _____ _________ 我的工作是教她英语。

3.) 通知,告知

My agent has instructed me that you still owe me $150. 我的代理人告诉我你还欠我一百五十美元。

Instruct sb ________sth 教导某人某事

________ _______ ______ ________sth 命令某人干某事

Follow/receive the______________ 遵从指示/接受指导

give sb _______________ to do命令/吩咐某人做…

Children must ___________ road safety before they are allowed to ride a bike on the road.

A instruct in B instruct C be instructed in D be instructed ;

instruction n.教授;命令;用法说明,操作指南

Make sure you read the________________ before you turn on the engine.打开机器之前一定要看用法说明。

10. anxious adj.

1.) 焦虑的,挂念的[(+about/at/for)]

_______________________________. 我对她的安全担心。

He ____________ ______________for the safety of his family. 他担心家人的安全。

2.) 令人焦虑的

The week of the flood was ______ ___________ ___________for all of us. 闹水灾的那一星期是使我们大家都焦虑不安的日子。

3.) 渴望的 [(+for)][+to-v][+that]

We\'re __________ ________ your safe return. 我们盼望你平安归来。

We ___________anxious that there be no misunderstanding. 我们极愿没有误解。

I could see that she was anxious for Laura_______ ____________. 我看得出她巴望劳拉去。

I\'m really ___________ _______ _______ him. 我急于见他。

11. secure adj.

1.) 安全的,无危险的[(+from/against)]

Now my house _______ ____________ ______________burglary. 现在我的房子无被盗窃之危险。

2.) 安心的,无忧虑的

You have made me___________ _____________你使我觉得放心。

3.) 有把握的,确定无疑的

Our success______ _______________. 我们的成功是有把握的。

12. adopt ( vt. ) Adopted (adj ) adoption (n.)

1.) 采取;采纳;吸收 adopt a new technique/ method/idea __________________________________.

After much deliberation, the president decided ____________ ___________ ________________.

总经理再三考虑之后,决定采纳她的建议。

Circumstances will force us finally to __________this policy.

情况最终会迫使我们采用这项政策。

2.) 过继,收养[(+as)]

Mr. Kern___________ the orphan_______ ______ ___________ _______.

克恩先生将那孤儿收养为自己的儿子。

As they haven’t a child of their own,they are going to ___________ a little girl.

A. adapt B. adopt C. accept D. receive

3.) 正式通过,接受

The agenda__________ _____________ after some discussion. 经过讨论,议事日程获得通过。

13. level n.

1.) 水平线;水平面[C]

The village is 1,000 meters ___________ ________ __________. 这村子海拔一千米。

2.) 高,高度[C][U]

The flood rose to a________ of 50 feet. 洪水涨到五十英尺高。

3.) (文化等的)水平,程度,标准[C][U]

These students have not reached_________ _____________ __________ yet.这些学生尚未达到高级班的程度。

4.) 级别;地位[C]

They are holding a conference at ministerial level. 他们正在举行部长级会议。

14.option

15. association n.

1.) 协会,公会,社团[C]

Have you joined________ _____________ _____________? 你加入教师协会了吗?

2.) 联合,结合;交往[U][(+with)]

I benefited much from________ _____________ ___________ ________. 我跟他的交往中获益匪浅。

3.) 联想,联想物[C][U]

What ____________do you have with the color green? 绿色会使你产生什么联想?

16.Broaden vi 变宽,变阔;扩大 One’s views broaden at college. 一个人的见解在大学时代变得开阔起来。

Vt 使宽,使阔;使扩大 This narrow highway___________ _______ _________. 这条狭窄的公路应该加宽。

Period 2 Warming up

Teaching aims and demands:

(1)To improve the Ss’speaking and listening skills

Teaching procedures:

Step 1 Disscussion

SB p64 Let the Ss disscuss the questions in the text then check the answers with the Ss.

Step 2 Listening

Listen to the tape and finish the exercise on page 65

Step 3 Speaking

Divide the Ss into several groups to discuss and let them report their ideas to the class

Period 3 Reading

Teaching aims and demands:

(1)To get general ideas of the passage

(2)To improve the Ss’ reading skill

(3)To learn some knowledge about learning a foreign language

Teaching procedures

Step1 Pre-reading

1. What are some of the difficulties we must face when we try to learn a foreign language ?

_____________________________________________________________.

2. How do we learn oue mother tongue ?

___________________________________________.

3. How is learning a foreign language different from learning our mother tongue ?

________________________________________________.

4. What are the characteristics of successful language learners ?

_______________________________________________.

5. How do these characteristics and skills help us learn ?

____________________________________________.

6. How can we develop our confidence ?

_________________________________________________________________.

7. What can we do to learn better and faster ?

____________________________________________________.

Step2 Fast reading

1 What is the most puzzling question in learning our mother tongue?

___________________________________________________________.

2 If we develop our study skills and way of learning, is learning foreign language twice as hard or as easy?

_______________________________________________________________________.

Step3 Careful reading

Step4 Tell the sentences true or false

( ) 1 Although experts don’t agree each other, they all share a common opinion :Life is a very successful language school.

( ) 2 We study our mother tongue all day long for about 5 years before we master it. But we only spend a few hours a week and in a few years’ time we can speak a foreign language.

( )3.Successful language learners usually step away from the academic challenges.

( )4The less anxious and more relaxed the learner, the worse their language acquisition.

Step5 Reading comprehension : Choose the best answers

1.Most children have mastered their mother tongue .

A.at the age of five

B.by the age of eight

C.before they are five

D.since they were five

2.The sentence “Life is a very successful language school” means .

A.we are equipped with a special ability to learn language

B.the key to learn the language well is to communicate with the people around us

C.parents can give children language lessons

D.people can learn the language by themselves

3.Successful language learners do share the following characteristics except .

A.the ability to memorize the words

B.an interest in understanding their own thinking

C.willingness to take chances

D.confidence in their ability

主旨大意题

4.What’s the purpose of writing this article?

A.Learning a foreign language is twice as hard as learning our mother tongue.

B.Learning a foreign language is more important than learning our mother tongue.

C.Learning a foreign language is twice as easy if we develop our study skills.

D.In fact,the number of people learning a foreign language has increased with years.

Step 6 Read the text quickly and try to get general idea of each paragraph

Main idea of each paragragh

Para.1. The environmental factor of learning___________ ______________.

Para.2. Different ______________of language experts.

Para.3. The ____________ between learning mother and learning a foreign language.

Para.4. The characteristics of ___________language learners.

Para.5.Different learning ___________of successful language learners

Para.6. The_____________ of the purpose of learning.

para.7 The purpose of writing the passage to tell us that learning a foreign language does not have to be twice as __________as learning our mother tongue.

Period 4 Language points in reading

Teaching aims and demands:

(1) To learn and grasp some important phrases in the text

(2) To learn some important language points

ⅡLearing the following points

1. If you were to spend as many hours studying English, you would make great progress.

如果你将花费尽可能多的时间学习英语,你会取得很大进步。

Be to + 动词原形

① 表示安排或计划中即将发生的动作。

_______________________________________.

我们约定在校门口碰头。

② 表示禁止、命令等。

You _________ _________ _________ __________in the examination.

考试中不许作弊。

③ 表示注定要发生什么事。

His acting style _________ __________ _______ ___________ all over the world.

他的表演风格注定会闻名于世。

④ 表示假设。

Certain skills must be learned if one __________ __________ _________ ____________effectively.

如果想有效地使用英语,某些技巧是必须得学的。

will do 表示单纯的将来,无意识的即时性行动。

be going to do “打算、计划、准备、即将”做某事

be to do 见上面

be about to do 眼看着就要发生某事,常与when连用。

1.- The telephone is ringing.

__ I ____________ answer it.

A will B am going to C am to D am about to

2 __ Tom, did Mr.Li join you in the discussion?

__ No, he _______________, but he happened to have fallen ill.

A would like to B was to have C will D was going to join

3 In such dry weather the flowers will have to be watered if they ___________.

A have survived B are to survive C would survive D will survive

4 If you ______________ my advice, you wouldn’t have been ill now.

A took B were going to take C would D were to have taken

2 _______________换句话说

_______________总而言之;总共=in all/in total

in word and in deed在言语上和行动上

word for word 逐字地

have _____ ____________with sb.与…说句话

have words with sb.______________________.

3. experiment with sth.进行试验/实验

on/upon sb/animals

They experimented with new teaching methods __________the students.他们尝试新的教学法。

III.Sentence structures

1.Every time I take part in a group discussion or try to speak English to someone , I find it difficult to express myself.(P66)

every time/each time, the first time, (the)last time, (the) next time, the moment, the minute等名词短语用作连词,引导时间状语从句

①_______ ___________ _______ __________, my parents will drag me to hospital(.每次我生病)

②_________ ______________he saw the picture, he was attracted by its beauty.(一…就)

2.But once you consider the situation further, you will realize that this is indeed the case.(P67)

This is (not) the case.

If that is______ ____________, you will have to work much harder.

3.The less anxious and more relaxed the learner, the better their language acquisition.(p67)

The + adj./adv.比较级, The + adj./adv.比较级.

__________ ___________expensive the hotel is, ____better the service is.

直击考点:

In recent years travel companies have succeeded in selling us the idea that the further we go , ________________.

A.our holiday will be better B.our holiday will be the better

C.the better our holiday will be D.the better will our holiday be 4.It takes patience to learn a language.

Period 5 Word study and Grammar

Teaching aims and demands

(1) Consolidate the words that has been learned

(2) Rerview grammar:Review the Subjunctive Mood

虚拟语气

1.虚拟语气在条件句中的用法现在事实相反的假设

(1)若表示与,则条件从句中用过去式,主句中用过去将来式(would,should,could,might + 动词原形);

(2)若表示某事将来实现的可能性不大,则条件从句中用should + 动词原形也可用“were to+动词原形”或用过去式动词。如:

I would certainly go if I ___________(have)time.(现在)

If it should rain,we wouldn't go out.(将来)

(3)若表示与过去事实相反的假设,从句中用过去完成式,主句中用过去将来完成式(should,would,could,might + have + 过去分词)。如:

If I had set off a little earlier, I __________ __________caught the train.

She would / might have come if she __________ been so busy.

If I hadn't ___________(take)your advice,I would have made a bad mistake.

(4)含有虚拟语气的条件状语从句中,如有had,should,were 这三个词的话,在正式或书面语言中可将if省略,再将句子的主语和谓语动词实行全部倒装或部分倒装。如:

___________they time(=If they had time),they would certainly come and help us.

____________it be fine(=If it should be fine),we would go for an outing.

___________I you(=If I were you), I would go.

(4)若主句从句所指的时间不一致,即条件从句表示与过去事实相反,主句表示与现在事实相反;或者条件从句表示与现在事实相反,主句表真实情况,则从句中应采用与具体时间相对应的虚拟形式。如:

If it __________rained last night(过去),It would be very cold today(现在).

If I _____taken your advice(过去),I should have no trouble with the work now(现在).

2.虚拟语气在宾语从句中的用法

在动词suggest,order,demand,propose,request,command,insist等后的宾语从句中,用虚拟语气(即Should+动词原形或只用动词原形)来表示愿望、建议、命令、请求等。在动词wish /would rather后的宾语从句中,用过去式表示与现在事实不符,用过去完成式表示与过去事实不符。如:

I suggest that we(should)set off at once.

The doctor insisted that the patient (should)be X-rayed.

I wish I ____________as strong as you.

I would rather that you ____________ told him.(没有告诉他)

3.虚拟语气在主语从句中的用法

在It is necessary/important/strange/natural;It is requested/suggested/desired/proposed;it is a pity等结构后的主语从句中要用虚拟语气,即Should+动词原形或只用动词原形。如:

It is necessary that he(should)be sent there at once.

It is requested that Professor Li(___________)give us a speech.

It is desired that we(should)get everything ready by tonight.

4.虚拟语气在表语从句、同位语从句中的用法。

在 suggestion, proposal,idea,plan,order,advice等名词后的表语从句、同位语从句中要用虚拟语气,即should+动词原形或只用动词原形。如:

Our suggestion is that you( should)be the first to go.

My advice is that we(____________)send for Doctor Li.

Do you know the order that you(should)keep watch?

5.虚拟语气在其他状语从句中的用法

在as if引导的状语从句中,用过去式表示与现在事实不符,用过去完成式表示与过去事实不符;

在so that,in order that引导的状语从句中,常用should/would/could/might+动词原形来表示虚拟语气。如:

They talked as if they________ __________ friends for years.

She stayed at home for a few days so that she could take care of her mother.

He took a taxi to the station so that she should not miss the train.

6.虚拟语气在定语从句中的用法:

在it is time后面的定语从句中常用过去式表示虚拟。

It’s time I was going.

It’s time somebody ___________(teach)you to behave yourself.

7. 由wish引起的表示愿望的虚拟语气

A.用wish表示对现在的愿望时,它所引起的宾语从句中谓语动词形式为:过去式(be动词用were)。

B.用wish表示对将来的愿望时,它所引起的宾语从句中谓语动词形式为:would, could, might+ 动词原形。

C.wish用于对过去的事实表示一种不可能实现的愿望时,宾语从句中的谓语动词形式为:had+动词过去分词或could, would + have +动词过去分词。

I wish that he__________ so lazy.

I wish I____________ wasted so much time.

I wish she would change her mind.

8. had hoped/ planned/ thought/ wanted/ intended表示一种过去未实现的愿望或令人失望的事。

I had thought he had been dead for at least 20 years.

I had hoped that she would go to the U.S. and study there, but she said

she liked to stay in China.

9. would rather.

would (had) rather, would as soon, would sooner和would prefer所引起的从句中要求用过去式表示当时或将来的情况,用过去完成时表示过去的情况,表示希望或婉转的责备。例如:

I’d rather you __________the letter right away. 我倒希望你把这封信立刻寄出去。

I would prefer he didn’t stay there too long.我倒希望他不要在那儿呆得太久。

I would just as soon you had returned the book yesterday.我真希望你昨天把这本书还了。

10.It’s (high, about) time that 句型中that从句中要求用虚拟语气形式,即动词要用过去式。

It’s time that something ________ ____________(do)about the traffic problem downtown.

It is high time that we put an end to this discussion.现在是我们该结束讲座的时候了

11. 虚拟语气在由某些连词或个词引出的表示条件、目的的状语从句中的使用。常见的这些连词和介词有:

1) unless (除非),provided(倘若),supposing(假若),providing(倘若) , on condition that(如果),由这些词、词组引出的从句,动词多用过去时。

除非你命令他做,要不他是不会做的。

He wouldn't do it unless you ordered him to.

假若你有机会出国,你会去哪儿呢?

Providing you had the opportunity to go abroad, where would you go?

12. so that (以便 ),for fear that(以免, 唯恐),in order that (以便),whether(不管),lest(以免),in case (假使),从句中加情态动词,有时should可省略。

他把它藏起来以免她看见。

He hid it lest she (should) see it.

我得准备点啤酒,说不定约翰会来。

I'll get some beer in case John should come.

他轻轻地进屋,以免吵醒他的同房。

He entered the room quietly in order that he should not wake his roommate.

13. if only

如果表示对现在的愿望,句中的谓语动词常用过去式;

如果表示将来的愿望,句中的谓语动词常用would/could+动词原形;

如果表示对过去的愿望,句中的谓语动词常用had+过去分词。

if only I ______ you!

If only you _________ come yesterday!

If only Linda could go with us tomorrow!

If only I had said more about it!

only if表示“只有”;if only则表示“如果……就好了”。If only也可用于陈述语气。

I wake up only if the alarm clock rings. 只有闹钟响了,我才会醒。

If only the alarm clock had rung. 当时闹钟响了,就好了。

If only he comes early. 但愿他早点回来。

虚拟语气精练60题

1. The boy acted ____ he had never lived in Canada before.

A. as though B. even if C. as D. since

2. If you were old enough, I ____ you to go there yesterday.

A. will allow B. should allow C. would have allowed D. had allowed

3. The secretary suggested that they ____ the men in at once.

A. had brought B. should have brought C. brought D. bring

4. If we arrived here ten minutes earlier, we ___ the bus.

A should have catch B. would have caught C. had caught D. would catch

5. Don't touch the sleeping tiger. If he woke up, he _____ you.

A. would attack B. should attack C. would have attacked D. will attack

6. Without electricity, human life _____ quite different today.

A. is B. will be C. would have been D. would be

7. How I wish I ____ to reapair the watch! I only made it worse.

A. had tried B. hadn't tried C. have tried D. didn't try

8. He demanded that the laboratory report ___ immediately after the experiment was done.

A. was written B. be written C. must be written D. would be written

9. If only I _____ how to operate an electronic computer as you do.

A. had known B. would know C. should know D. knew

10. If he ___ to the teacher attentively, he ___ the answer to the problem now.

A.had listened, would have known B. listened, would know

C. listened, would have known D. had listened, would know

11. I would have come earlier, but I ___ that you were waiting for me.

A. didn’t know B. hadn’t know C. would have known D. haven’t known

12. It is really strange that Marry, who is still a college studnet , ___ so early.

A. has been married B. has married C. be married D. would marry

13. The teacher agreed to the suggestion that the students ___ two weeks to prepare for the exam.

A. give B. should give C. be given D. would be given

14. I was busy yesterday, otherwise I ___ your birthday party.

A. attended B. had attended C. would attend D. would have attended

15. The two strangers talked as if they ___ friends for years.

A. were B. would be C. have been D. had been

16. It is important that you ___ a communication with Mr. Willians immediately.

A. have B. had C. will have D. would have

17. It is high time we ___ up our results.

A. sum B. summed C. will sum D. would sum

18. If the doctor had been available, the child ___.

A. would not die B. would not have died C. could not die D. could not have died

19. I can’t stand him. He always talks as though he _______ everything.

A. knew B. knows C. has known D. had known

20. If you had told me in advance, I ___ him at the airport.

A. would meet B. would had meet C. would have met D. would have meet

21. Kunar can take his car apart and put it back together again. I certainly wish he ___ me how.

A. teaches B. will teach C. has taught D. would teach

22. I would have called you up for help had it been possible ,but I ___ your phone number then.

A. hadn’t had B. didn’t have C. shouldn’t have D. couldn’t have

23. If it ___ another ten minutes, the game would have been called off.

A. had rained B. would had rained C. have seen D. did see

24. He suggested that they ___ use a trick instead of fighting.

A. should B. would C. do D. had

25. “Why didn’t you buy a new car?” “I would have bought one if I ___ enough money. ”

A. had B. have had C. would have D. had had

26. I recommended that the student ___ his composition as soon as possible.

A. finishing writing B. should finish the writing C. finish writing D. finished writing

27. The Bakers arrived last night, if they’d only let us know earlier, ___ at the station.

A. we’d meet them B. we’ll meet them C. we’d have met them D. we’ve met them

28. We might have failed if you ___ us a helping hand.

A. have not given B. would not give C. had not given D. did not give

29. The Law requires that everyone ___ his car checked at least once a year.

A. has B. had C will have D. have

30 The librarian insists that John ___ no more books from the library before he returns all the books he had borrowed.

A. will take B. took C. take D. takes

31. Then came a word from our boss that we all ___ at present at his office right away.

A. be B. to be C. would be D. shall be

32. ---Helen couldn’t got to France after all.

----That’s too bad, I’m sure she would have enjoyed it if ___.

A. she’s gone B. she’ll go C. she’d gone D. she’d go

33 I must go there earlier. John has suggested that I ___ an hour before the discussion begins.

A. go B. shall go C. will go D. would go

34. But for the guidance of our instructor(导师) , we ___ in the experiment.

A. shouldn’t succeed B. could not have succeed

C. will not succeed D. should not have succeeded

35. In the past men generally would rather that their wives______ in the home.

A. worked B. would work C. work D. were working

.36. John did not feel well yesterday; otherwise he _______to see his classmates off.

A. came B. would come C. would have come D. should be coming

37. It’s about time people______ notice of what women did during the war.

A. take B. took C. have taken D. will take

38 Some people are too particular about school records, insisting that every applicant ______all diplomas from elementary school to university.

A. has B. will have C. should have D. must have

39. Without electronic computers, much of today’s advanced technology_______..

A. will not have been achieved B. have not been achieved

C. would not have been achieved D. had not been achieved

40. The sun rises in the east and sets in the west, so it seems as if the sun ________round the earth.

A. were circling B. circles C. is circling D. be circling

41. There is a real possibility that these animals could be frightened, _______a sudden loud noise.

A. being there B. should there be C. there was D. there having been

42 . _______more careful, his ship would not have sunk.

A. If the captain were B. Had the captain been

C. Should the captain be D. If the captain would have been

43.It is hard for me to imagine what I would be doing today if I ________ in love,at the age of seven,with the Melinda Cox Library in my hometown.

A.wouldn’t have fallen B.had not fallen C.should fall D.were to fall

44. She insisted that she ________ ill of him behind him,but he didn’t believe it.

A.hadn’t spoken B.shouldn’t speak C.wouldn’t speak D.not speak

45.She couldn’t have answered the question if she ________a few books on world history.

A.hadn’t read B.hasn’t read C.wouldn’t read D.didn’t read

46. I went to the meeting yesterday because I _______ nothing about the discussion without attending it.

A.didn’t know B.would know C.knew D.would have known

47. Isn’t it about time that you ________ to pick up the visitors from New York?

A.went B.should go C.go D.will go

48.When a pencil is partly in a glass of water,it looks as if it ________.

A.breaks B.has broken C.were broken D.had been broken

49. His silence at the meeting suggested that he ________ to your plan.

A.didn’t agree B.hadn’t agreed C.wouldn’t agree D.not agree

50. .The young man insisted that he ________ nothing wrong and ________ free immediately.

A.did; set B.had done; should be set C.do; be set D.had done; must be set

51. If you ________ to see Mary, what would you tell her?

A are B will be going C had D were

52. If the whole operation ____________ beforehand, a great deal of time and money would have been lost.

A was not planned B has not been planned C had not been planned D were not planned

53. If I __________ harder at school, I would be sitting in a comfortable office now.

A had worked B worked C were to work D were working

54. I wish I ____________ longer this morning, but I had to get up and come to class.

A could have slept B slept C might have slept D have slept

55. “ You are very selfish. It’s high time you _________ you are not the most important person in the world,” Edgar said to his boss angrily.

A have realized B realised C realize D should realise

56. If I hadn’t stood under the ladder to catch you when you fell, you ___________ now.

A wouldn’t be smiling B couldn’t have smiled C won’t smile D didn’t smile

57. __________ for my illness, I would have lent him a helping hand.

A Not being B Had it not been C without being D Not having been

58. Were she to leave right now, she ___________ there on Sunday.

A had got B might have got C would got D has got

59. The children in the backseat might have been seriously injured if the driver ________ that they

wear seatbelts.

A hasn’t been insisting B hadn’t insisted C wouldn’t insist D wasn’t insisting

60. if only I _________ more careful that day!

A could be B would have been C should be D had been

Period 6 Integrating skills

Teaching aims and demands:

(1) To improve the students’ abilities of reading and comprehension

(2) To learn some language points

Step1 Lead-in

1.What is the best way to learn a language ? Why ?

___________________________________________________________________________________.

2. Is it possible for you to study abroad ?

___________________________________________.

3. What should you do before you go abroad?

Step2 Reading comprehension:

1. The best option for the exchange students is .

A.living with local people

B.living in the dormitory

C.choosing exchange programmes at various academic levels at a reasonable cost

D.making friends with the other students

2.Visiting students do the following things except .

A.staying in the host family’s house

B.eating in the host family’s house

C.becoming a member of the family

D.keeping in touch with the host family afterwards

3.What makes it easier to study abroad nowadays?

A.The cost has become reasonable.

B.There are programmes for all levels.

C.Students can find “home-stay” service and live with the host family.

D.All the above.

4.The greatest value of an exchange student studying abroad is .

A.to learn the language

B.to widen one’s views and understand the culture of other country

C.to get better idea of yourself and your own culture

D.to learn to be independent of oneself

Step3 Summarize the main idea of each paragraph

Para. 1 It is possible for a student of any level to study ______ _____________ _______________ in a country where the language is spoken.

Para. 2 ______________ of studying abroad.

Para. 3 ___________________of studying abroad.

Para.4 ___________ should you do in order to study abroad ?

Step4 List the advantages and disadvantages of studying abroad

Advantages of studying abroad

1). become ____________in the new language

2). make __________with people from different background.

3). Understand another ____________.

4)___________ your horizons and improve your understanding of the world

5). learn about yourself and what your___________ is really like

6). learn to ___________on yourself

Disadvantages of studying abroad

1). Some of them may fall _____________in their studies when studying abroad.

2).They may not be able to take classes at the same ____________as at home.

3). Parents worry about the safety of their children and may also be ____________about the cost.

Step5 Language points

1.make sense of理解,弄懂…的意思

sense _________________

no sense________________

in a sense = in a way____________________

①a sense of humour /responsibility/ shame/safety/ hunger ____________________________________

②the sense of sight/ hearing/ smell/ taste/ touch _______________________________

③Can you___________ ___________ _________ what the poet is saying ?(理解)

2.But you know if I hadn’t noticed the little girl crossing the street all of a sudden, I wouldn’t have knocked her down.

knock __________ 撞倒; pull down/tear down _____________________________

______________.撞到…身上; run into/come across___________________________

…out of… ______________;

against 撞到…上;

at/on 敲…

_____________打倒;打翻

_____________漫游,漂泊,闲逛

3.fall _____________落后

__________ 跌倒;失败

____________后退,撤退

____________从…掉下

____________跌倒

____________陷入

4.be concerned about/for sth/ sb = be worried about sth/sb

with sth/sb. 关心;和..有关

in sth. 参与

The book is concerned with Africa. __________________

He is concerned about his son’s future.______________________

Phrases

1 前进;进步 ________________________________

2 弄懂…的意思 ________________________________

3 换句话说;换言之 ________________________________

4冒险 ________________________________

5进行试验;进行实验 _____________________________________

6一大堆;一大批;一大团 _____________________________________

7 击倒;撞倒 _____________________________________

8 也就是说 _____________________________________

9 落后 _____________________________________

10 与…不同 _____________________________________

11 与…联系;与…交流 _____________________________________

12 把与区别开来 _______________________________________

13调整;调节;使适合;使便于使用 _________________________________

14 在进行;经过;在…过程中 ___________________________________

15(团体)共同的;公有的 ___________________________________

16 犯错误 _____________________________________

17 与…交朋友 _______________________________________

18(积极)参加 _______________________________________

19有耐心去做…. ________________________________________

Exercise

(A) Fill in the blanks with words.

1. I was terribly a____________ about the children when they didn’t come home from the school.担忧

2. I a___________their method of making the machine.采纳

3. The card is rather appropriate for the occasion, isn’t it?恰当的

4. We finally managed to a_____________the committee’s approval of our plans. 获得

5. There are some programming errors that need c________________.改正

6. Teaching children with special needs requires p_____________ and understanding.耐心

7. The students return in September for the start of the new a____________ year.学术的

8. Computers play an important part in our e___________ life.日常的

(B) Fill in the blanks with phrases.

1. Time is up. Let’s_____ ______ ______ ________the class. 结束

2. Take it easy. You will soon____________ yourself________ student life.调节

3. The club welcomes all new members ______________ __________age.不管

4. He walked out leaving ___________ _________ debts behind.一大堆

5. I can’t __________ __________ __________the painting.理解

6. Too tired, she soon __________ ___________the others in the team.落后

7. You have no right to ___________ ____________with other people’s lives.冒险

8. She often depends on others.______ ____________ _________, she doesn’t do things by herself.换句话说

9. They________ _______ __________the new medicine on the animals.用…实验

(C) Multiple choices

1. These books are my most recent ____________.

A.things B. acquisitions C. acquisition D. obtaining

2. He thinks we shouldn’t go ahead with this plan because of the _____ of failure.

A. future B. pressure C. worry D .risk

3. With the help of his English teacher, Tom _____in English in the past few weeks.

A.made great advances B. has been greatly progresse

C.has made a rapid progress D. has made much progress

4. The champion boxer ____________ his less experienced opponent in no time.

A.knocked on B. knocked into C. knocked down D. knocked against

5. What he told us about the affair simply doesn’t make any _________.

A.idea B. meaning C. sense D. significance

6. The stronger the _________is, the more quickly a person will learn a foreign language.

A.acquisition B. comprehension C. association D. motivation

篇6:3A Unit 9(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

Aims and demands:

1. Develop the Ss’ listening ability .

2. Grasp the usage of the language points:

at the doctor’s , take a look,, knock into fell over

It feels a bit tense .

That sounds very interesting.

Difficulty: Ask the Ss to make a dialogue between the doctor and a patient.

Teaching methods: listening, speaking, practicing

Learning method: How to listen smartly

Teaching aids: tape recorder, some slides

Procedure:

Step 1. New words:

Step 2. Introduction

T: How many gold medals did the Chinese players win?

There are a lot of international champions in China in the Olympic Games.

The two of whom are gymnasts . Who are they ?

Ss: They are 李小鹏 and 刘璇 .

T: Li is an international champion on the double bars.

Liu is an international champion on the beam.

And also the whole Chinese gymnastic team have won the gold prize.

T: Today we are going to learn “ Gymnastics” .

Do you know what pieces of equipment are used in gymnastics ?

( Picture talking )

rings , beam, high bar, high-and-low bars, double bars, beam, “horse”(side horse / pummelled horse(鞍马) , vaulting horse(跳马))

T: Do men and women , boys and girls do the same kinds of exercises?

------- Men perform on the rings, on the double bars, on the high bar, and on a type of “horse” with our legs which has two handles fixed to the top surface.

While women perform on the high-and-low bars, one of which is higher than the other, and the beam, which is a length of wood only four inches wide which is fixed at a height of 1.20 meters above the ground.

Step 3. Listening

Listen to the tape and choose the correct answers:

1. Sharon is a gymnast. She is ______.

A. at the teacher’s B. at the doctor’s C. at her friend’s D. at home

2. Something is wrong with Sharon’s ______.

A. left leg B. right shoulder C. left shoulder D. right leg

3. Sharon hurt herself when she was _____.

A. doing some exercises B. finishing some exercises

C. on the high-and-low bars D. jumping

4. The change between ___ temperatures makes the blood move and the damaged parts begin to repair themselves.

A. hot and cool B. warm and cool C. cold and cool D. hot and cold

5. At the end of the week, throw the frozen peas away. They _____ to eat.

A. will be fit B. won’t be fit C. would not like D. would like to

BCADB

Step 4. Read by themselves and answer the questions;

1. Who was Sharon? ---- gymnast

2. What’s wrong with her? ---- Something is wrong with her left shoulder.

3. How did she hurt her shoulder? ---- While she was doing gym.

4. What kind of treatment did the doctor advise her to use? ----- to use the hot-cloth-and-frozen-peas treatment.

5. How often does she have to take this treatment? ---- twice a day for a week

6. Do you think that this interesting treatment is effective? ----- Yes.

7. Have you ever used the hot-cloth-and-frozen peas treatment? ---------

What treatment does the doctor tell her to do?

---- To use the hot-cloth-and-frozen-pea treatment.

Step 4. Reading and find out the language points

1. at the doctor’s

at my uncle’s

at the tailor’s

2. take a look at : have a look at

3. It feels a bit tense.

4. knock into sb.

Can you knock the nail into the wall?

The boy ran for the ball and knocked into a man.

He walked in the dark and knocked into a tree.

5. fall over

He slipped into a banana skin and fell over.

6. so on and so on : repeatedly

7. That sounds very interesting.

8. fit to eat:

Step 5. Practice

Make up a dialogue between the two---- one is a doctor and the other is a patient

Doctor: Asks a question

Patient: Says what the problem is

Doctor: Makes one or more comments and then gives some advice

Example:

D: Can I help you?

P: Yes, I can’t sleep well.

D: How can I help you?

P: Can you give me some medicine so that I can have a good sleep?

D: What can I do for you?

P: I’ve got a pain here. My left shoulder hurts.

D: Let me have a look at it.

P: Oh, I feel terrible.

D: Mmn, I see. It feels a bit tense, but it’s nothing serious.

P: Shall I take any medicine?

D: Yes. Take this medicine, two pills a time, three times a day. And try to use the hot-cloth-and-frozen peas treatment.

Step 6. workbook----- Ex 2

Homework : read two passages

At the doctor’s

When a patient comes in what will the doctor say?

What can I do for you?

How can I help you?

What seems to be the matter?

Can I help you?

What will the patient say?

I’ve got a pain…

I’ve got a headache and a cough day and night.

I’ve got a temperature and all my bones ache.

I feel terrible.

I hurt my leg while I was….

I don’t feel well.

Then what will the doctor say?

Let me take a look at it / you.

Let me feel your pulse.

Left me take your temperature.

Oh, I see. It’s nothing serious.

Have a good rest and you’ll ..

You’ll be all right / well better soon.

Take this medicine / two pills a time, three times a day.

Unit 9 Lesson 34~35 Gymnastics

Aims and demands: Develop the Ss’ reading ability and have a good understanding of the text

Difficulty and importance: Have a deeper understanding of the text

Teaching methods: Reading and listening and discussion

Learning methods: How to read fast

Teaching aids: a tape recorder and some slide shown

Procedure:

Step 1. Presentation

What kinds of equipment are used in doing the gymnastic exercises?

As we know from the dialogue , Sharon hurt her left shoulder while doing some exercises on the high-and-low bars. So while you are doing gym, you should be more careful.

Now look at the pictures and tell :

Where are the gymnasts doing exercises / performing? ( P 51)

Ss: He is performing on the high bar.

He is performing on the double bars.

He is jumping / performing on a “horse”.

She is performing on a beam.

Step 2. Listening

Listen to the tape of Lesson 34 and tell whether the following statements are true or false.

1. Olympic competitions started in Greece. T

2. Modern gymnastics began in the 18th century. F

3. If you want to become a top gymnast, it is important to start when you are 14 or 15 years old.F

4. Boys win Olympic gymnastics medals usually between the age of 19 and 25. T

5. Both boys and girls perform on the rings, on the double bars, on the high bar and so on. F

6. Only girls perform on the high-and-low bars. T

7. Only boys do floor exercises on the mat. F

8. Make sure you put on some watches, rings, and necklaces before you start. F

9. Ww simple safety measures to follow while ( you are ) training.

8. Follow : a) to take or accept 遵守,采纳,听从

follow the safety measure

follow the teacher’s instructions

follow one’s advice

b) understand 领悟

You are speaking too fast and we can’t quite follow you.听懂

c) go along 沿..而行

Follow the path and you will see the cinema.

d) come or go after

She followed me into the classroom.

e) following can be used together with “the” , it means “next”

in the following year=== next year

9. …… can be highly dangerous

highly: to a high degree 高度的,非常的

eg: Advertising is a highly developed twentieth-century industry. 高度发达的

He is a highly skilled worker. 非常熟练的

固定词组:

Speak highly of 高度赞扬

Think highly of 高度评价

Sing high praise for 高度表扬

Hold one’s head high 头抬得高高地

1. be content to do sth. 满足干…… 满意做……

be content with sth. 对……满意

2. each used as an

They each have a computer on the desk.

Each of them has a computer on the desk.

3. in all

in a word 总之

all in all

4. glance at : look quickly at / give a quick at

5. be busy doing sth.

They are busy training in the gymnastic.

We had been bus preparing for the mid-term examination.

6. gain points 得分

gain mark 得分

win the medal 得奖牌

7. drills

The first thing …. . was to go up her trainer and thanked her.

句中两个作表语的不定式 go up to 和 thank her for 都省略了 to ,这是因为主语有定语从句 she did 来修饰的缘故.

一般地说,解释 do 的精确意思的分句,可以用不带 to 的动词不定式.

我们现在想做的就是躺下来休息.

What we want to do now is ( to ) lie down and rest.

我所做的就是推了他一下.

What I did was ( to ) give him a little push.

字典的作用是帮助学生查生字的词义和用法.

What a dictionary does is ( to) help the students to find out the meaning and the usage of new words.

Agreement.

Correct the mistakes if any. ( Lesson 34~35)

1. It was in Greece where the Olympic competition started. ( that )

2. It was in 1811 when an outdoor gymnastics center for men was opened in Berlin. (that)

3. There are also records of gymnastics performing in China. ( being performed/performed)

4. My bike is repairing . ( being repaired)

5. He didn’t mind leaving at home alone . ( being left )

6. Being lost can be a terrifying experience. (true )

7. Dance is an important part of training as it prepares they for the types of movements required in gymnastics. ( them )

8. The students are preparing the exam. ( add for )

9. In competitions women perform some of their exercises with music. ( to )

(We do eye exercises to music.)

10. Men usually gained Olympic gymnastics medals between 19 to 25. ( won, between…and)

11. The gymnasts should hold a position steady, keep their balances while doing a handstand. (balance)

(steady adj, adv. Steadily adv. )

12. Training by yourself in a gym can be high dangerous. (highly )

Highly : to a high degree

广告业是二十世纪高度发达的行业.

Advertising is a highly developed twentieth century industry.

他是个非常熟练的工人.

He is a highly skilled worker.

Speak highly of

Think highly of

Sing high praise for

Hold one’s head high

Replace the following underlined phrases with the phrases in L35.

13. She is satisfied with her present job.

be content with sth.

be content to do sth.

14. In a word , she gave a good performance and landed neatly and steadily. (In all / all in all)

15. She gave a quick look at the judge. ( glanced at )

16. What we want to do now is lie down and rest. ( true )

字典的作用是帮助学生查生字的词义和用法.

What a dictionary does is ( to) help the students to find out the meaning and the usage of new words.

Correct the mistakes if any. ( Lesson 34~35)

1. It was in Greece where the Olympic competition started.

2. It was in 1811 when an outdoor gymnastics center for men was opened in Berlin.

3. There are also records of gymnastics performing in China.

4. My bike is repairing .

5. He didn’t mind leaving at home alone .

6. Being lost can be a terrifying experience.

7. Dance is an important part of training as it prepares they for the types of movements required in gymnastics.

8. The students are preparing the exam.

9. In competitions women perform some of their exercises with music.

10. Men usually gained Olympic gymnastics medals between 19 to 25.

11. The gymnasts should hold a position steady, keep their balances while doing a handstand.

12. Training by yourself in a gym can be high dangerous.

Replace the following underlined phrases with the phrases in L35.

13. She is satisfied with her present job.

14. In a word , she gave a good performance and landed neatly and steadily.

15. She gave a quick look at the judge.

16. What we want to do now is lie down and rest. ( true or false ?)

Exercises for Unit 9 ---3A DCABB CBB

1. ___ him and then try to copy what he does. (99)

A. Mind B. Glance at C. Stare at D. Watch

2. The little boy runs for the football and ___ a man standing there.

A. knocks down B. knocks at

C. knocks into D. knocks

3. I cheered do loudly at the match that I completely ___ my voice.

A. lost B. missed C. forgot D. left

4. --- Do you think the Stars will beat the Bulls?

--- I don’t know. But this is the last time. The fans ___ them to win whole – heartedly.

A. hope B. require C. prefer D. demand

5. It was how the young man had learned five foreign languages ___ attracted the audience’s interest.

A. so that B. that C. what D. in which

6. It was for this reason __ her uncle moved out of New York and settled down in a small village. ( S)

A. which B. why C. that D. how

7. It is the ability to so the job ___ matters not where you come from or what you are. (2000)

A. one B. that C. what D. it

8. It was not ___ she took off here dark glasses ___ I realized she was a famous film star. (92)

A. when; that B. until; that

C. until; when D. when; then

Correct the mistakes: (for Unit 9 --- 3A )

It was Sunday and Zhou Lan was going 1.____

to take part in the first gymnastic compe-

tition. As soon as her competition started, 2.____

she tried her best and did good in per- 3.____

forming on three pieces of equipments 4.____

as well as on the floor. Now the time came

to her performance on the high -and-low 5.____

bars. She stands below them and waited. 6.____

When the judge nodding, she began . 7.____

She jumped upwards, caught the high bar

in two hands and did a neat circle . 8.____

Altogether,she performed wonderful and 9.____

landed nearly and steadily on the floor. Then

came the results. Victory for Zhou Lan!

She was the one. 10.____

1. true 2. her--- the 3. well 4. equipment 5. to – for 6. stood 7. nodded 8. in – with

9. wonderfully 10. first

篇7:Unit 6 经典教案(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

Words and expressions

1. perseverance n. steady persistence in adhering to a course of action, a belief, or a purpose; steadfastness 毅力;坚持

Great works are performed, not by strength, but perseverance.

伟大的作品不是靠力量而是靠毅力来完成的。

2. quit

vt. to give up; abandon 放弃;to depart from; leave 离开;to cease or discontinue 停止;中断

He has not quit smoking, but is holding down to three cigarettes a day.

他并没有戒烟,但是已减到每天只抽三支烟了。

You and I are on the point of quitting the theater of our exploits.

你我正在离开我们辉煌业绩的舞台。

The teacher asked them to quit talking. 老师要求他们不要说话。

vi. to leave, to move, to stop

Time to quit. 该收手了。/该下班了。

3. apply (…) to … use; put into practice 应用;运用 n. application

We should apply theory to practice. 我们应当把理论运用到实践中去。

apply to 适用

What you have said doesn’t apply to this case.

apply for 申请

apply for a position/a patent

4. add up find the total of 总计;加起来

Add up 6,7 and 8 and you'll get 21. 把六、七、八相加,总数是二十一。

add up to 合计达

add to 增加

add … to 把…加到… add fuel to the fire 火上加油 add color to 增色

Add up all the numbers.

The cost of the party added up to 2,000 yuan.

The sudden rain added to our trouble.

Add some salt to the soup.

5. circumstance n. a condition or fact attending an event and having some bearing on it 环境;情况(常用复数形式)

Force of circumstances led us to give up our project. 环境的力量使得我们放弃了我们的方案。

It depends on [upon] circumstances. 这要视情况而定。

under/in no circumstances 决不,无论如何都不

under/in the circumstances 在这种情况下,既然这样

Under no circumstances should you step out of the house.

6. lose heart become discouraged 沮丧;灰心

Don't lose heart at any failure, but try again. 失败时不要灰心,要再接再厉。

lose one’s heart (to) sb. = fall in love with sb.

7. assessment n. the act of assessing; appraisal 评估;估价

environmental assessment 环境影响评估

vt. assess

1.) (为征税)估定(财产)的价值[(+at)]

The value of this property was assessed at one million dollars. 这财产的价值估定为一百万元。

2.) 确定(税、罚款、赔偿金等)的金额

assess damage after an accident 事故后确定损害赔偿金额

3.) 对...进行估价,评价

It is too early to assess the effects of the new legislation. 现在来评价新法规的效果为时尚早。

8. take it easy 放松些;别紧张

When the teacher found some of his students get nervous at the examination, he told them to take it easy. 老师发现一些学生考虑时焦急不安,就叫他们不要紧张。

归纳:take it 猜想, 以为;断定 take it for granted 视为当然

take it ill 见怪, 介意某事 take it or leave it 要么接受要么放弃

take it out on sb. 向某人出气 take it seriously 认真对待

9. keep up retain(one's spirits, strength, etc); (one's spirits, strength, etc.)not decline 维持;保持

The mountaineers' spirits kept up against heavy odds.

在非常不利的条件下,登山运动员们仍然情绪高涨。

归纳:keep up appearances 装门面 keep up one's spirits 振作精神

keep up to date 使记到最近时期;使跟上时代 keep up with 跟上

10. survival n. the act of surviving; continuance of life 幸存;存活

He stayed eight days in an open boat with no food, and he was still alive; his survival was a miracle. 他在无遮档的小船上呆了八天,又无食物,还活下来了,这真是个奇迹。

survive ①vi. 幸存,活下来 His parents died in the accident, but he survived.

②vt. 比…或活得长;经历…之后还存在 survive sb. / survive the fire

survivor n. 生还者, 残存物

11. beyond

prep. ①on the further or other side of 在较远的一边;在另一边 ②(of time)later than; more advanced than(时间)晚于;超过 ③out of the reach of; outside one\'s understanding 为…不能及;超出…理解力之外 ④(negative and interrogative) except 除…之外

The post office is beyond the bridge. 邮局在桥的那一头。

Some shops keep open beyond midnight. 有些商店营业到半夜以后。

He was beyond the help of the teacher. 他使老师束手无策。

I know nothing beyond this. 除这之外,我什么也不知道。

adv. farther away 在远处 look beyond 向远处看

12. lose one’s way become lost 迷路;迷失

Lily lost her way in the woods. 莉莉在森林里迷了路。

feel one’s way fight one’s way make one’s way push one’s way wind one’s way

13. burden n. something that you carry; a heavy load 负担;包袱/a duty which is hard to do well 责任

It is a burden to the people. 这对人民是一种负担。

The burden fell on me. 责任落在我身上。

vt.

1.) 加重压于,加负担于,烦扰[(+with)]

The government burdened the nation with heavy taxes. 政府使国民负担重税。

2.) 加负荷于,使载重[(+with)]

He was burdened with a large bundle of magazines. 他吃力地捧着一大捆杂志。

14. desperate adj. having no hope and ready to do any wild or dangerous thing 绝望的;不顾一切的/ very serious 极严重的;危急的

The prisoners became desperate in their attempts to escape. 那些囚犯拼命企图逃亡。

The country is in a desperate state and we must work hard.

国家处于危急关头,我们应当努力工作。

15. accustomed adj. being in the habit of习惯[于…]的 [to doing]

I am not accustomed to walking long distances. 我不习惯于长距离的步行。

be accustomed to working/to work hard习惯于苦干

16. thirst n. [U] wanting to drink something; a strong desire 渴;渴望

I drank a cup of tea to relieve my thirst. 我喝了一杯茶止渴。

The artist thirsted for fame. 艺术家想出名。

17. starvation n. suffering or death caused by extreme hunger 挨饿;饿死

The cat died of starvation. 那只猫饿死了。

starve v. (cause to) suffer or die from great hunger 使挨饿,饿死/ (cause to) suffer from not having sth. 使得不到某物而痛苦

They lost in the desert and starved to death. 他们在沙漠迷路而饿死了。

The school is starved of resources. 学校缺乏财源。

18. anxiety n. [U] worry and fear 忧虑;担心;焦急 [C] something that makes you worried and afraid 担心的事;焦虑

We waited with anxiety for our examination results. 我们焦急地等待考试结果。

He has been relieved of his anxieties. 他已消除了忧虑(事)。

19. came to an end stop 结束;终止

All good things must come to an end. 一切好事迟早都会结束。(天下没有不散的宴席。)

at the end of 在...结尾,在....末端 in the end 最后,终于

bring to an end 使…结束 on end on end 竖着, 连续地

make an end of 终止,除掉 end (up) with 以――告终

put an end to 结束,终止 make ends meet 收支相抵

20. tax n. money that the government takes from your pay or from the sale of some goods 税

There is a large tax on cigarettes. 香烟的税很重。

pay taxes on sth. (taxpayers) 纳税 charge/impose/levy taxes on sth. 征税

v. 对…征税,向…课税 Imported wines are heavily imported in China.

21. anniversary n. the annually recurring date of a past event, especially one of historical, national, or personal importance 周年纪念;周年纪念日

a wedding anniversary the 20th anniversary of our country’s independence

22. relief n. ①the removal or ease of worry, pain ,etc. 解除;减轻

The medicine brought me relief. 这药减轻了我的痛苦。

Hearing the news, he breathed a sigh of relief. 一听到消息,他如释重负地松了口气。

②help given to people in poverty of trouble 救济

They are in need of relief. 他们需要救济。

Relief was flown to the flood-hit areas. 救济物品被空运到洪水泛滥区。

23. deliver vt. (delivery n.)

①take something to the place where it must go 投递;送交

Every day the milkman delivers milk to our house. 每天送牛奶的人都把牛奶送到我家。

②give forth in words 发言

He delivered a speech at the meeting. 他在会上讲了话。

③help in the birth of 接生

she delivered the child. 她接生了这孩子。

④save, set free, release 解救;解脱;释放[(+from)]

Education delivered him from ignorance. 教育把他从无知中解救出来。

24. Arctic adj. of the north polar regions 北极的

n. the regions round the north pole 北极;北极圈;北极地方

the Arctic Ocean 北冰洋 the Arctic Regions 北极地区

25. tough adj. able to withstand great strain without tearing or breaking; strong and resilient 坚韧的 demanding or troubling; difficult 困难的 physically hardy; rugged 强壮的 showing strong determination 强硬的,不妥协的

a tough guy 硬汉 tough meat 老肉 tough attitude 强硬的态度 a tough task 棘手的任务 a tough customer 难缠的顾客 a tough neighborhood 治安很差的住宅区

26. wrap vt. to cover completely with 包裹;缠绕

I wrapped the present in red paper. 我把礼物用红纸包了起来。

n. [C] an article of dress to be folded round a person 披在身上的衣物

Don't forget your wraps, when you travel in winter. 冬天旅游时,不要忘带外套、围巾等。

27. tie up put a piece of string, rope, etc. round something to hold it firm 捆;拴;系

I tied up the parcel. 我捆好包裹。

28. stake n. [C] strong post of wood or metal that stands in the ground 桩;柱桩

The farmer tied the bull to a stake in the field. 农民把公牛拴在田里的桩子上。

at stake: at risk; in question 在危急之中

29. ray n. line or beam of light, heat, etc. 光线;辐射线 v. 放射,射出光线

A ray of sunlight fell on the sleeping boy. 阳光照射着睡着的男孩。

This afternoon I will have my son x-rayed. 今天下午我带儿子去X光透视。

30. bark n. the short, sharp sound a dog makes; a sound like this, esp. a cough 吠声;似犬吠的声音 v. 吠, 咆哮, 剥树皮

The bark of a dog sounded in the night. 在夜间听到狗叫声。

Barking dogs seldom bark.

31. memorial n. [C] building or statue to remind people of someone or something 纪念馆;纪念碑(物) a memorial to people’s heroes

32. retell vt. tell again; repeat 重述;复述

retell what happened on the island one early morning in autumn.

复述一个秋天的清晨在那个岛上发生了什么。

33. go for to put a lot of effort into sth, so that you get or achieve sth. 为……去;努力获取

It sounds a great idea. Go for it. 这听起来是个极好的主意。努力去实现吧!

Reading

Step 1 Lead in

1. Talk about legendary journeys in China.

Journey to the West: The story is known in China. The hero Monk Tang in the story went through 81 difficulties. Finally he got the Buddhist Scripture.

The Long March: If there had not been the long march, we could not have lived the happy life. They went through starvation, coldness and so on.

Climbing Mount Qomolangma: They have to face difficulties like coldness, avalanche and snowstorm. It’s not only a personal achievement but also a pride for the whole nation.

2. China’s “Go West” policy.

3. The process of developing the west in America:

1748年 弗吉尼亚的俄亥俄州土地公司的组建(开始)。

1784,1785,1787 年制定三个土地法开发西部的纲领。

1895年 工业总产值跃居世界第一位

西部开发的三个阶段:

农业开发阶段(1750-1850) 工业开发阶段(1850-1950) 科技开发阶段 (1950-至今)

Step 2 Reading

1. Skimming

The main idea of the text:

The text related a story that the hero’s family and many other families moved to the West. They ran into many difficulties on the way to the West. Faced with the difficulties, they didn’t give up. Finally they got to the West and started a new life.

Part 1 (1) The cause and the beginning of the journey

Part 2 (2) The first destination of the journey

Part 3 (3-5) The most trying part of the journey

Part 4 (6) Reaching the promised land (The end of the journey)

2. Scanning

①When did we decide to move to another place? 1845,10

②How long did the journey last? About a year

③What is our first destination? India Greek in Kansas

④Is the journey hard? Can you make some examples about it?

Yes, it is hard. You can make many examples.

3. Detailed reading

Fill in the chart:

Time Events

October, 1845 set off for the journey

April ,1846 continued the journey westward

November, 1846 entered the desert and lost the way

For many weeks travel in the Death Valley

Christmas Day reached the promised land

Choose the best answers:

1. The reason why my father wanted to go to California is that . 答案:C

A. California was in desert B. California was far away

C. California was a wonderful land described in a book

D. California was the largest state in the USA

2. People moving to the west would meet in . 答案:A

A. Kansas B. California C. Salt Lake Valley D. Salt Lake Desert

3. On which day did the author enter the Salt Lake Desert? 答案:B

A. April 12. B. November 4. C. October 15. D. December 25.

4. Why did the travelers call their ninety-mile drive through the Salt Lake Desert the “Long Drive”? 答案:D

A. Because the landscape was dry and barren. B. Because water was salty and not drinkable.

C. Because their water supply was so low. D. All of the above.

5. After the travelers burnt their wagons, they had to go on their feet with another miles to go. 答案:B

A. 2 500 B.500 C.90 D.45

6. Why didn’t the author stay behind with the children and wait for help? 答案:A

A. Because that meant he/she would die.

B. Because he/she knew that children were tiresome.

C. Because he/she knew that there was a wagon waiting for him/her.

D. Because he/she felt he/she could get a prize by his/her father.

7. The animals almost ran when the travelers reached the edge of the desert, why? 答案:C

A. Because they were tired and weak. B. Because they had no burden.

C. Because they must have smelt the water. D. Because they went back to their home.

8. How long did the author spend finishing the journey? 答案:A

A. More than 40 months. B. About 2 months.

C. About a year. D. About a year and a month.

9. From the text, we can infer . 答案:D

A. the author and the travelers had to go all day and all night long

B. there was no oxen left when the travelers reached California

C. many travelers died when their days of hardship came to an end

D .it’s a long way to travel from the author’s hometown to California

10. The best title of the text is . 答案:B

A.A Journey to California B. Long Drive

C. The Salt Lake Desert D. Enjoy Your Life

3. Post-reading

1. What the writing techniques of this text are?

A. Use of the chronological order to narrate the story.

B. Use many participles to make the text readable and concise.

C. The landscape of the Salt Lake Valley sharply contrasts with that of the Salt Lake Desert. The scenery of the Salt Lake Valley is very beautiful, however, that of the Salt Lake Desert is dry and barren. Use the sharp contrastive scenery, expressing the hero’s optimism about the life he dreamed of in the West and coming across the difficulties on the way to the West.

2. What can we learn from this text?

When we come across problems, we shouldn’t try to escape. Instead , we should learn to face reality and solve the problems. As long as we overcome the difficulties and never give up, we will achieve our goals and succeed. More over, we all have dreams in our heart. As long as we insist and keep making great efforts, I believe we will make our dreams come true one day.

4. Consolidation

In the ______ of 1845, after his father read a book about _________, he decided to _____ there. His family and many other families ________ for their journey by the middle of October. After traveling through _________, they had to spend __________ in Kansas. Until ____________ , they wouldn’t leave. They traveled by day. On November4, 1846, they entered __________ and soon lost their way. Due to lack of ______________, the oxen had no strength to pull the wagons and were burnt. People had no choice but to cover another 500 miles ________. At last, they _________ all the difficulties and got to the west on the morning of _____________. They started their new life there.

Keys: spring, California, move, 4 states, the winter, April 12, 1846, the desert, water and grass, on foot, overcame, Christmas Day

Language points

1. believe in 信仰

2. stand for 代表,代替

3. adapt to 调节,适合

4. lose heart 灰心,泄气

5. be cast away (被)抛弃

6. give up 放弃 give in 投降,屈服,让步,交上

7. less than 少于;不足

more than 看似简单,含义丰富,主要用于以下情况:

(1)比…更(多、大等),用于比较结构。

He always asks more than he gives. 他总是索取多于给予。

(2)超过,多于,相当于over。

I have known David for more than 20 years. 我认识大卫20多年了。

(3)岂止是,不仅是; 非常, 十分

Can’t you sense the hidden meaning? It’s more than a joke.

难道你没听出言外之意吗?这不只是一个笑话。

more than happy/sorry 特高兴 / 特难过

(4)是…不能,非…能力所及,其后跟从句,从句中用can或could。

This is more than I can understand. 这是我所不能理解的。

归纳:more …than… 与其说…不如说, 不是…而是

He is more brave than wise. 他有勇无谋。

no more than 强调少,意为“只有,不过,仅仅”

not more than 客观叙述,意为“不超过”

He has no more than five dollars on him.

他身上仅有5美元。(强调少)

He has not more than five dollars on him.

他身上带的钱不超过(仅有)5美元。(强调数额少于5美元)

8. set off for 开始(旅程;赛跑);出发

set off 出发、引爆

set about doing = set out to do

set aside 留出, 不顾, 取消, 驳回

set foot in/on

set fire to sth. =set sth. on fire

set in开始, 到来; 上涨;插入, 嵌入;开始,涨潮 / be set in 以…为背景

set up 设立, 竖立, 架起, 升起, 装配, 创(纪录), 提出, 开业

set an example to sb.

set back (set back the project 使受挫/ set my watch back 2 minutes往后拨)

9. move on 继续前进

10. by day 在白天

11. lose one’s way 迷路

12. most of the way 大部分路程

区别:most & most of 在most+名词结构中,名词是不定的,因此不能most the students, most us,而在most of +名词结构中,名词是指定的,它必须带有定冠词或物主代词等限定词。

12. hang out 伸出

13. in desperate need of 在极度需要的(时候)

14. on our feet = on foot 步行

15. be accustomed to doing sth. (通常用于被动语态)习惯于

16. suffer from 患病;遭受……之苦

17. hurry on to do sth. / (with) 赶紧办理;急急忙忙地去做某事

18. stop to do sth. 停下来去做某事

19. go on all fours 用四肢 lie one’s back/stomach

20. reach the edge of 达到了…的边缘 on the edge of 濒于, 几乎, 在边缘

21. stare at 瞪视; 凝视 glare at 瞪着,怒视

23. come to an end 结束;终止

Integrating Skills

1. the eightieth anniversary of sth. …80周年纪念日

2. a race against time 与时间赛跑,抢时间

3. save…from 挽救……免于

4. there was widespread relief 足以令人欣慰

5. Every minute counted/counts. 没分钟都非常关键。

6. up to 一直到,等于

7. at stake 在危险中;关系重大

8. the golden rays of the dawn 黎明的第一道曙光

9. a memorial to sb. / sth. 的纪念馆

10. risk one’s life to do/doing 冒险去做某事 risk doing

11. diseases of that kind 那样的病

12. a historical event 历史事件

篇8:Unit 12 语言点(人教版高三英语下册教案教学设计)

load n.[C]

1.) 装载;担子 The load on that beam is more than it will bear. 那根梁上的载重超过了它所能承受的量。

2.) (精神方面的)负担;重任 The good news has taken a load off my mind. 听了这个好消息我就放心了。

3.) (车,船等的)装载量;一车(或一船等)货物 The truck was carrying a load of sand. 卡车装运一车沙子。

4.) 工作量

Measures have been taken to lighten the load of the hospital doctors.已采取措施减轻医院医生的负担。

vt.

1.) 装,装载[(+with)] The workers are loading the ship with coal. 工人正把煤装上船。

2.) 把弹药装入(枪,炮);把胶卷装入(照相机) Don\'t forget to load your camera. 别忘了给你的相机装胶卷。

3.) 使摆满;使充满;使长满 [(+with)] The air was loaded with soot. 空气充满煤烟。

4.) 大量给予[(+with)] His brothers and sisters loaded him with books. 他的哥哥姐姐送给他许多书。

vi. 1.) 装货[(+up)] Have they finished loading up yet? 他们把货物装完了吗?

2.) 上子弹 The soldiers loaded and fired. 士兵们装上子弹便射击。

Compulsory adj.

1.) 必须做的;义务的;必修的 Is English a compulsory subject?英语是必修科目吗?

Education is compulsory for children in most countries. 多数国家对儿童实施义务教育。

2.) 强制的,强迫的 compulsory legislation强制性立法

tendency n.[C]

1.) 倾向;癖性;天分[(+to/toward)][+to-v]

He has a tendency towards pessimism.他有悲观的倾向。

Bob has a tendency to exaggerate things.鲍勃有爱夸张的倾向。

2.) 趋势,潮流[(+to/toward)][+to-v]

There is a tendency towards regional cooperation.有一种地区性合作的趋势。

3.) 倾向;意向 His new magazine has anarchic tendencies.他的新杂志有无政府主义倾向。

drop out

1.) 脱离 Luckily, I dropped out before the deal turned sour. 很幸运的,在交易变坏前我已退出了。

One of my teeth has dropped out. 我的一只牙齿掉了。

2.) 退出;退学 She dropped out of school to become a waitress. 她退学去当女招待。

expand vt.

1.) 展开,张开(帆,翅等) The eagle expanded its wings. 老鹰展开翅膀。

2.) 使膨胀;使扩张

3.) 扩大;扩充;发展 He is thinking of expanding his business. 他正考虑扩展他的生意。

4.) 详述 They have expanded my view on the question. 他们已更充分地阐明了我对这个问题的观点。

vi. 1.) 展开,张开 2.) 扩张;发展;增长

In ten years the city\'s population expanded by 12%. 十年之中,该城人口增加了百分之十二。

3.) 膨胀 Water expands when it freezes. 水结冰时体积膨胀。

A tire expands when you pump air into it. 轮胎打了气就会胀大。

4.) 详细说明[(+on/upon)]

distribute vt.

1.) 分发;分配[(+to/among)] They had distributed the lands among the peasants. 他们把土地分给农民。

2.) 散布,分布[(+over)]

This species of butterfly is widely distributed over our country. 这种蝴蝶在我国分布很广。

3.) 分,分开[(+into)] The teacher distributed the pupils into three groups. 老师把学生分成三组。

donate vt.

捐献,捐赠[(+to)] She donated her books to the library. 她把自己的书捐赠给图书馆。

donate blood献血

vi. 捐献,捐赠[(+to/towards)] My husband donates to that group every year. 我丈夫每年都捐钱给那个组织。

donation n.[(+to)]

1.) 捐献,捐赠[U][C] She made a donation of $5,000 to the Children\'s Hospital. 她捐了五千美元给儿童医院。

2.) 捐款;捐赠物[C]

curriculum n.[C]

1.) 学校的全部课程

The student is very knowledgeable because he also studies things not in the curriculum.

这个学生知识很丰富,因为在学校课程以外他还学习别的东西。

2.) (一门)课程

The professor is busy preparing his chemistry curriculum plan. 这位教授正忙于准备他的化学课程计划。

profession n.

1.) (尤指受过良好教育或专门训练者,如律师、医生、教师的)职业,专业[C]

She intends to make teaching her profession. 她打算以教书为业。

2.) 同业,同行[sing.]

The teaching profession claim that they are badly paid. 教师同行们声称待遇太差。

He is a leading member of the medical profession. 他是医疗业中首屈一指的医生。

3.) 声明;表白[C][(+of)] She did not believe in his professions of love. 她不相信他的爱情表白是真的。

比较:career n.

1.) (终身的) 职业,事业[C] He wasn\'t interested in her stage career. 他对她的演戏职业不感兴趣。

2.) 经历;生涯;历程[C]

He found it both interesting and instructive to learn about the careers of great men.

他觉得了解伟人的生平既很有趣又有教益。

比较:occupation n.

1.) 工作,职业[C] What is your father’s occupation? 你父亲的职业是什么?

2.) 消遣;日常事务[C][U] He was bored for lack of occupation. 他因无所事事而感到厌烦。

3.) 占领,占据;占领时期[U]

The Japanese occupation of Taiwan lasted fifty-one years. 日本占领台湾达五十一年之久。

4.) 占用;居住;占用(或居住)期

No one is yet in occupation of the house. 这所房子还没有人住进去。

所以,在三个表示职业的词中,profession n.(尤指受过良好教育或专门训练者,如律师、医生、教师的)职业,专业,[C];career n. (终身的)职业,事业[C];occupation n.职业,工作 [C],是一种泛指。

advocate vt.

拥护;提倡;主张[+v-ing]He advocates reforming the prison system. 他主张改良监狱制度。

obtain vt. 得到,获得 He failed to obtain a scholarship. 他没有获得奖学金。

They obtained a loan from the government. 他们从政府那里得到一笔贷款。

vi. 得到公认;通用;流行;存在

Those conditions no longer obtain. 那些情形已不存在。

The custom still obtains in some areas. 某些地区仍保留着这一习俗。

gain vt. 1.) 得到; 获得, 赢得 (战争、诉讼等有用、需要之物)

Our army gained the battle. 我们的军队赢得了那场战役。

He gained possession of more land. 他拥有了更多的土地。

2.) 获得(利益、利润等) I gained $3 by selling it for more than I paid for it. 我可以贱买贵卖获利3 美元。

3.) 增加,增添 I gained five pounds in a week. 我一个星期体重增加了五磅。

obtain 和gain两个词在表示“获得”时,有下面的区别:

To obtain means to get esp. by making some effort;

To gain means to get or obtain something useful, necessary, wanted, etc esp. over a length of time and as an addition to what one has

select vt.

选择,挑选,选拔[(+for/from)]

He selected a team for the special task. 他为这项特殊任务挑选了一组人马。

Mr. Reed has been selected to represent us on the committee. 里德先生代表我们已被选入委员会。

vi. 做出选择,挑选

adj. 1.) 挑选出来的;精选的

A select group of their friends was invited to the wedding. 他们的经过挑选的一群朋友应邀参加婚礼。

2.) 上等的,优等的,卓越的 She only stays at select hotels. 她只住一流旅馆。

select/elect/ choose的区别

choose指在两个或多个中选择其一,可与from或between连用;select通常是指同类事物中选择最好或最合适的;elect 则指通过选举选出。

Will you help me choose myself a new coat? 请你帮我选一件新外套,好吗?

If you had to choose (between) staying here alone or going with me, what would you do?

是一个人呆在这里,还是同我一起去,如果你必须对此做出选择,你会怎么做呢?

He selected a pair of socks to match his suit. 他挑选了一双与他所穿的衣服相配的短袜。

They elected Nixon as President. 他们选举尼克松为总统。

choose和 elect 都有“决定”的意思,只是elect 比choose 正式,并常常指有关将来的重大的大决定。在结构上,choose 之后还可有that 引导的宾语从句。

He chose not to go home until later. 他决定晚些时再回家。

He chose that we should stay. 他决定说,我们得留下来。

He elected to be a doctor. 他决定将来当一名医生。

suit n. (一套)衣服[C] I picked out a black suit. 我挑了一套黑色西装。

vt. suit 1.) 适合,中...的意

Would Friday morning suit you? 星期五早上对你合适吗?

The arrangement suited us both. 这个安排对我们两人都合适。

2.) (不用被动式) 与...相配,与...相称 This dress suits you beautifully. 这件衣服你穿非常合适。

3.) 使合适; 使适应 [(+to)] Her speech was well suited to the occasion. 她的讲话在这个场合十分得体。

vi. 1.) 合适,适当 Will that time suit? 这时间合适吗?

2.) 相称; 彼此协调 [(+to/with)] The position suits with his abilities. 这个职位与他的能力相称。

比较:fit作动词的用法

vt. 1.) (衣服)合...身;与...相称 This dress doesn\'t fit me. 这件衣服不适合我穿。

2.) 适合于;使适合 [(+for)]

Her training fits her for the job. 她所受的训练使她能胜任这项工作。

We must fit the action to the word. 我们必须言行一致。

3.) 安装 Can you fit the electric fire for me? 你能替我装上电炉吗?

vi. 1.) (衣服)合身;适合 Does this shirt fit? 这件衬衫合身吗?

2.) 符合;配合

重难点解析

● Listening and speaking

1. People aged 15 and over who are unable or find it very difficult to read.

十五岁及以上不识字或识字有困难的人。

(1)aged 形容词。①本句中意为“有…岁的,…年纪的。”

e.g. Among the smokers, about 20 percent of them are children aged between 13 and 15 years old.

百分之二十的吸烟者是13至15岁的儿童。

In the morning old people get up early and practice Qigong in groups in parks, and a lot of middle-aged people dance together.清晨,老年人早起在公园里成群地练气功,中年人在一起跳舞。

② aged 还有“年老的”意思。 “the aged”指“老年人”。

e.g. The sick and the aged need our help. 这些病人和老年人需要我们的帮助。

The aged woman was wrinkled and bent. 这个老妇人满脸皱纹,佝偻着腰。

● Reading

1. In China, as in other countries, the government realizes that the future welfare of its citizens is closely linked to education. 在中国,正如在别的国家,政府意识到公民未来的幸福与教育紧密相关。

(1) as in other countries,相当于as it is in other countries, it 指代的是后面提到的情形。

e.g. In India, as in China, you can enjoy ancient culture and attractive scenery.

在印度,正如在中国,你可以领略到古老的文化和迷人的风景。

(2) be closely linked to “与…紧密相关的”。由“link sth to(with) sth”而来,意为:“使和…联系起来”。相当于“be related to”.

e.g. Ice and snow are closely linked to the lives of Canadians. 冰与雪与加拿大人的生活紧密相关。

Violence is the activity that has been most frequently linked with the consequences of TV.

暴力行为往往与看电视的后果相联系。

2.In areas where agriculture plays an important role, people do not attach importance to education, and parents are skeptical of anything that takes children away from their work on the farm. 在农业占主要地位的地区,人们并不重视教育,父母亲对任何有碍他们的孩子干农活的事都持怀疑态度。

(1)attach importance (significance )to 意为“重视”。

e.g. Do you attach any importance to what he said. 你认为他说的话重要吗?

The government should attach importance to various types of education to meet the needs of the changing world. 政府应当重视发展各种类型的教育以适应不断发展的社会。

(2)be skeptical of /about 表示“(对某事物)不肯相信,常怀疑的(unwilling to believe sth)”。

“skeptical”为美式拼写, 在英国英语中拼成“skeptical”.

e.g. I’m rather skeptical about their professed sympathy for the poor.他们声称同情穷人,我对此有些怀疑。

They say apple clean your teeth, but I’m skeptical about that myself.

他们说苹果能清洁牙齿,我对此持怀疑态度。

3. China and other countries found that even when children from the countryside do start school, they have a tendency often to be absent and often drop out later. 中国和别的国家都发现,即使这些农村来的孩子真的开始上学,他们也总有逃学并最终辍学的倾向。

have a tendency to do do sth 意为“倾向,趋向。” “tendency” 的动词为“tend”

“tendency” 还可构成“(have) a tendency to /towards”的词组。

e.g. Milk has a tendency to go sour in hot weather . 热天牛奶易变坏。

Boys have a stronger tendency to fight than girls. 男孩比女孩更有打斗倾向。

All children have a tendency towards illness. 小孩都较易患病。

(1) drop out 表示“退出,掉队,退学”之意。

e.g. The class began with ten students, but several have dropped out within the last month.

这个班级开始时有10个学生,但在最后一个月时,好几个人退学了。

Teenagers who drop out of high school have trouble finding jobs.

中途辍学的青少年求职时会碰到困难。

4. China’s large population meant that the schools had to expand to take in many more students. 中国大量的人口意味着学校不得不扩大以接纳更多的学生。

(1) mean在此句中意为:“意味着…”后面可以跟名词、动名词或从句。

e.g. Life to him meant action, rather than thought. 对他来说,生活意味着行动,而不是思索。

I won’t wait if it means delaying more than a week. 我不会等待,如果这意味着耽搁一个多星期。

In some parts of London, missing a bus means waiting for another hour.

(上海春招) 在伦敦的一些地区,错过一辆巴士意味着得再等一个小时。

(1) expand 表示“扩大,增大(become greater in size, number or importance)”.

e.g. Our foreign trade has expanded greatly in recent years. 我们的对外贸易近来有极大的发展。

His modest business eventually expanded into a supermarket empire.

他原先不大的生意后来扩展成了超级市场集团企业。

(4)take in 本句中意为“接受,接纳。”它还可以表示以下等含义:

① 理解,领会,明白

e.g. They listened to my lecture, but how much did they take in, I wonder?

他们听了我的讲座,但是我怀疑他们到底听懂了多少。

② 包括,涉及

e.g. The article takes in all aspects of the problem. 这篇文章包括了这个问题的所有方面。

③ 欺骗,使上当

e.g. Don’t trust that fellow, he’ll take you in if he gets the chance.

不要相信那个家伙,他一有机会就回会骗你。

④ 将(衣服)收小,改瘦。

e.g. I’m getting much thinner, I’ll take in all my clothes. 我瘦多了,我得将我所有的衣服都改小。

5. In north and central Australia the population is so spread out that children in some rural settlements can be as far as 1,000 km away from the nearest school. 在澳大利亚的中北部地区,人口非常分散,以至于一些居住在乡村地区的儿童离最近的学校也有1000公里路。

spread out 表示“散开”的意思。

e.g. Halong Bay in Vietnam is made up of three thousand islands spread out in the clear green waters of the sea. (SEFC B 2B U15) 越南的九龙湾由三千个岛屿构成,这些岛屿散布在蔚蓝清澈的大海中。

Don’t all sit together, spread yourselves out. 别都挤在一块儿,分开坐吧。

6. In these countries, where some people do not even have fresh water or basic health care, reaching the target of “Education for All” will be a huge task, despite help from the international community. 在这些国家里,有些人甚至不能喝到新鲜的水,得到基本的健康护理,要达到普及教育的目标将是一个艰巨的任务,尽管能得到国际社社会的支持。

(1) 此句中where引导的定语从句限定前面的countries. 本文中出现了较多的where 引导的定语从句。应注意前面的先行词。如:

① In the Turks and Caicos Islands, where there are less than 20,000 people, the number of students in some schools is so low that students of several different grades are taught in the same class.

在特克司和凯科斯群岛, 人口不足两万,有些学校学生数量很少,以至于几个不同年级的学生在同一间教室里上课。

② To solve this, Australia uses “distance learning” method, where the students have lessons by two-way radio and mail.

为了解决这个问题,澳大利亚采用了远程教学的方法,学生们可以通过双向广播和邮件传递来学习。

● Language study

1. In today’s world of computerized working and developing technology, continued education is often essential for people to meet the changing requirements of their profession. 在工作电脑化和科技不断发展的今天,为了满足人们职业的不断变化的需求,继续教育是非常必要的。

(1) 此句中应注意几个非谓语动词computerized, continued , developing和changing,在句中作定语, 分别限定其后面的名词。过去分词表被动,现在分词表示正在进行。

(2) computerize “用计算机做某事,使计算机化”。

e.g. The accounts section has been completely computerized. 会计科已完全计算机化了。

computerize 的后缀- ize或 –ise表示“使…,…化”。类似结构的词有modernize(现代化), realize(意识到),apologize(道歉),popularize(使…受欢迎)等。

(3) 此句中continued为形容词,作定语。 意为:“继续不停的(going without stopping)”。

e.g. We have accumulated rich experience for the continued education of government employees and professionals.我们在组织和实施公务员和专业技术人员继续教育方面积累了相当丰富的经验。

(4) meet/satisfy/ fulfill the requirements “满足…的需求”。

e.g. Our latest model should meet your requirements exactly. 我们的最新型号包你满意。

In applying for the position of sales manager I offer my qualifications, which believe will meet your exacting requirements.为了申请销售经理的职位,附上我的合格证书,我认为会符合你们严格的要求的。

Your essay should cover all the information provided and meet the requirements below:

你的文章应该包含提供的所有信息,并满足以下要求。

2. Parents are not prepared to send girls to school because they do not believe it will be

of any benefit. 父母亲不愿意把女儿送去上学,因为他们认为这不会带来任何好处。

(1) 此句中be prepared to 意为“能够并愿意做某事(be able and willing to do sth)”。

e.g. I am prepared to lend you the money if you promise to pay it back.我愿意把钱借给你,你得答应还给我。

I ’m not prepared to stay and listen to these outrageous insults.我可不愿意在这儿受这种奇耻大辱。

(2)be of benefit to

① be of benefit to “对…有好处”。benefit前可用“real, great, much, immense”等形容词修饰。

e.g. Doing morning exercises will be of benefit to your health. 做早操对你的健康有利。

② “(be)+of+名词”结构中的名词是抽象名词时,相当于其中名词所对应的形容词

的意思,说明被修饰词具有某种特征或属性。常用的名词有:

use/importance/help/value/interest/quality/service/benefit/necessity等。

e.g. I don't want to hear what you are saying. It is of no interest to me. (of no interest=not interesting) 我不想听你说,我对此不感兴趣。

Coal is of great importance to the development of industry. (of great importance=very important) 煤对工业发展是相当重要的。

New Zealand wine is of high quality and is sold all over the world.

(SEFC BI U 18) 新西兰的酒质量很好,并且被销往世界各地。

You'll find this map of great ________in helping you to get round London.(Key: C)

A. price B. cost C. value D. usefulness

3. However, when the facts are examined, it is clear that educating girls leads to

improved health and levels of income. 然而,仔细观察事实可以发现,显然让女孩接受教育,最终可以改善健康状况和提高收入水平。

(1) 此句中应注意句型It is clear that …,it 是形式主语,真正的主语是that引导的从句。从句的主语是动名词短语educating girls, improved health and levels of income作lead to 的宾语。

类似的句型有:

It is clear ( obvious, true, possible, certain....) that .....

常译为“清楚(显然,真的,肯定...)”, 是主语从句最常见的一种结构。

e. g It is very clear that he’s round and tall like a tree.

= That he’s round and tall like a tree is very clear.

It was obvious to everyone that the child had been badly treated.

大家都清楚那个孩子受过虐待。

(2) lead to sth “导致某种结果( have sth as its results)”。 lead to中的to为介词。

后跟名词或动名词, 上海高考题中,thief与catch 之间是被动关系, 故用了动名词的复合结构的被动形式。

e.g. The discovery of new evidence led to _______ .('03上海) (key C)

A. the thief having caught B. catch the thief C. the thief being caught D. the thief to be caught

It is widely accepted that young babies learn to do things because certain acts lead to rewards。

婴儿学会做事情,因为它的某些行为能有所回报,这个观念为人们所普遍接受。

The person must look for information that will make the problem clearer and lead to possible solutions. 春季高考英语试题(北京卷完形)

这个人必须查寻信息,使问题更清晰,并找到可能的解决方法。

(3) improved health 其中的“improved” 是过去分词作定语,限定health。

e.g. School health programs lead to increased student wellness and improved ability to learn.

学校的健康活动改善了学生的身体状况,并且也提高了学生的学习能力。

He believes that only hard work and perseverance can lead to improved performance.

他相信只有努力和毅力才能提高他的表演水平。

● Integrating skills,

1. Learning style theory suggests that different people have different ways of obtaining information and use various methods to demonstrate their intelligence and ability.

学习风格理论表明不同的人有不同的获得信息的方式,并且用不同的方法表现出他们的智力和能力。

(1) suggest

①本句中suggest表示“暗示、表明”时,后接名词或that从句(从句谓语用陈述语气)。

e.g. Are you suggesting that I’m too old for the job? 你的意思是说我太老而不能胜任这个工作了?

His failure in the exam suggested that he had not worked hard enough.

他考试没及格表明他学习还不够努力。

②suggest表示“建议、提议”时,后接名词、代词、-ing形式或that从句(从句谓语用“should+动词原形”,should可以省略)。

e.g. I suggest we go shopping together and look for a nice tank.我建议我们一起去商店买一个精致的鱼缸。

I suggested that he(should)leave early.我建议他早点动身。

(2) obtain 取得某物,经(买、借、拿等)获得

e.g. There are people who gamble or cheat to obtain money. Those people try to get money by dishonest means. 有一些通过欺骗和赌博获得钱的人,他们总想通过不诚实的手段来得到钱。

I obtained this record for you with difficulty. 我好不容易为你弄到了这张唱片。

(2) demonstrate

① demonstrate在本句中指“表明,表示(show)”.

e.g. His sudden departure demonstrates that he is unreliable. 他的突然离去表明他的不可靠。

② demonstrate 在高二教材中出现时,表示“示威集会或游行 ”。

可构成词组,demonstrate (against/in favor of sb /sth) 示威游行反对或赞成某人或某事。

它的名词形式有demonstrator游行者,示威者,demonstration 示威或游行。

e.g. Thousands demonstrated against the price increases. 数以千计的人举行示威,抗议物价上涨。

The police arrested more than 100 demonstrators. 警察逮捕了100多名示威游行者。

2. Although experts have many ideas and categories of learning, it is evident that people learn in three basic styles: learning through seeing, learning through listening and learning through doing. 尽管专家对学习有很多的想法和分类,但显然,人们通过三种基本的方式来学习:视觉型学习,听觉型学习和动觉型学习。

(1) It is evident that …主语从句。相当于 “It is clear/obvious that …”.详见Language Study 的第3句解析。

(2) evident 形容词,表示“明显的,清楚的(obvious, clear)”。

e.g. He looked at his children with evident pride. 他以明显的得意态度望着他的孩子。

The applause made it evident the play was a hit. 掌声表明这个戏剧很成功。

3. Learning through doing means being active in exploring the environment and finding out about things by moving and touching. 在实践中学习意味着积极地探索环境,通过触摸去了解事物。

(1) 此句中注意…by doing sth 这个结构,用来表示通过某种方式或手段。本文中

出现的还有:

e.g. Students who find it easiest to learn a new concept by hearing a teacher explain it are learning through listening. 有一些学生,他们发现学会一个新概念的最简单的方法是听老师解释,这些学生是通过听来学的。

4. Students who have this learning style take a hand

篇9:unit 12 art and literature(人教版高一英语上册教案教学设计)

Type of lesson: New Lesson

Teaching aims: Learn to use functional sentences, key structures, and words to introduce one’s friends by listening, speaking, reading and writing.

Teaching contents:

1. Topic: Art & Literature

(1) Talk about art and literature.

(2) Talk about artists, painters and writers

(3) Tell stories

(4) Make decisions and give opinions

2. Functional Sentences: Making decisions and giving opinions.

(1) What shall we do?

(2) Would you like to …?

(3) I’d like to …

(4) Maybe we could …

(5) I’d prefer to …

(6) Which do you prefer, … or …?

(7) Can’t we …?

(8) There are several things we could do.

3. Vocabulary:

(1) Word: literature, comedy, local, exhibition, power, magic, trick, series, forehead, treat, unhappy, habit, villager, shoulder, whisper, stupid, announcement, character

(2) Phrases: a series of, in trouble, come across, believe in, turn around

4. Grammar: Review the Attributive Clause (The Restrictive and Non-Restrictive Attributive Clause)

Period 1 Warming up & Listening

Teaching aims:

1. To get students to know something about art, literature, and famous painters.

2. To train students’ listening ability for catching specific information.

Teaching procedures:

Step 1 ------ Leading in (warming up)

1. Ask the students to have a competition to guess the person according to the given information. (Match the information with the given names on page78)

(1) Vincent van Gogh

He is a painter of Holland. He lived in the 19th century. He is famous for his idea of emotional expression in painting. His great works include Bedroom at Arles, Starry Night and Crows in the Wheatfields.

(2) Leonardo da Vinci

He is an Italian painter. He lived during the 15th and 16th century. He is well known for his works like The Last Supper and Mona Lisa. Besides, he is also a sculptor, architect, engineer, and scientist.

(3) Pablo Picasso

He is a Spanish painter. He is widely known as the most important artists of the 20th century. But many people say it is not easy to understand his paintings.

(4) Qi Baishi

He is a Chinese painter. He lived a very long life, crossing two centuries, from 1864 to 1957. He is not only good at painting, but also good at making poems and sculpture.

2. Ask the students to find out the right painter of each painting. ( match the given names with given pictures on page 28 Exercise 1)

3. Ask the students in a group of four to discuss what kind of paintings they like and why.

Ex: Where can they see the paintings?

Step 2 ------ Listening comprehension

1. Go through the task with the students and make sure what to do before you play the tape.

2. Play the tape for 3-4 times and give specific instructions of what to do each time.

3. Let students check their answers in pairs and then with the whole class.

I II III

Art Paintings/Picasso Beijing Opera/ Peking A Theatre play – The Tempest

Place Capital Museum Music Hall, on Green Street Grand Theater

Time Monday – Friday 4pm – 8pm Thursday at 7 pm March 3, 7pm

Prices Adults: $5

Children: $3

Groups: $2 (min. 5 people) Adults: $7

Students: $5

Under 14: $3

Groups: $4 Adults: $10

Under 18: $8

Groups: $6

Period 2 Speaking

Teaching aims:

1. To train students’ speaking ability.

2. The students are trained to explain English words in English.

Teaching procedures:

Step 1 ------ Leading in

1. Ask students to review the functional sentences of phoning.

(1) Hello. This is …

(2) May/Can/Could I speak to …?

Step 2 ------ Functional sentences learning

Task 1 ------ Inviting someone to a film

1. Ask students to read the situation (Student A part) and fill in the table.

Name Last Chance Under the Moon

Kind Action Romantic comedy

Content The hero has to save his girlfriend who has been taken away by a bad man. A funny film about a girl and her boyfriend who have an adventures vocation.

Attraction The film has lots of actions: fast cars, shootings and fights. The film is sweet and funny and has a happy ending.

Ticket price $ 3 $ 4

Time Sunday 6 pm Sunday 8 pm

Place Red Sun Cinema Green Field Cinema

2. Ask the students to read Student B part.

(1) Which film do you want to see?

(2) What kind of is it?

(3) What is the film about?

(4) What is the most attractive in the film?

(5) How much is each ticket?

(6) When and where is the film shown?

3. Ask students to act out the two situations in turn according to the card.

A: Hello, this is …

B: Hi, … Would you like to …?

4. Ask the students to present their dialogues.

Task 2 ------ Finding out the information of the festival

1. Ask the students to read the given information and the functional sentences.

2. Ask students to act out the situations according to the table.

Time Table

Saturday Sunday

9 am Classical music 9 am Play

11 am Art exhibition 11 am Lunch and Music

1 pm Pop concert 3 pm Art exhibition

5 pm Picnic 6 pm Folk Music Concert

7 pm Rock concert

Ticket Prices

One day Adults -- $ 25 Under 18 -- $15 Groups -- $10

Two days Adults -- $ 35 Under 18 -- $ 25 Groups -- $15

(1) What can I do at the festival?

(2) When is the Pop concert?

(3) What paintings can I see at the festival?

(4) When is the picnic?

(5) Is there any discount for a two-day visit?

(6) What’s the difference between a one-day ticket and a two-day ticket?

Task 3 ------ Summarizing the functional sentences of making decisions and give

opinions.

(1) What shall we do?

(2) Would you like to …?

(3) I’d like to …

(4) Maybe we could …

(5) I’d prefer to …

(6) Which do you prefer, … or …?

(7) Can’t we …?

(8) There are several things we could do.

Period 3 Reading

Teaching aims:

1. To get students to learn something about Harry Potter.

2. To train students’ reading ability.

3. To instruct students to realize the real world in a suitable way.

Teaching procedures:

Part 1 ------ Pre-reading

Step1: Show some pictures of the movie Harry Potter and ask students some questions.

1. Do you know this boy? Who is he?

2. Do you like him? Why?

Step 2: Show students the covers of Harry Potter and introduce the author.

1. Do you know who create Harry Potter you like very much?

2. The author of Harry Potter is a lady named Joanne Kathleen Rowling. Until now Rowling has published a series of books about Harry Potter. They are:

Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone

Harry Potter and the Chamber of Secret

Harry Potter and the Prison of Azkaban

Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire

Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix

Part 2 ------ While-reading

Step1: Ask students to read the passage as quickly as possible, and answer the following questions.

1. The passage is about ______.

A. Rowling B. Harry C. magic D. a happy life

Step2: Reading for the detailed information and finish True or False statements on page 81.

1. Harry Potter is a world-famous writer. (F)

2. Harry Potter was born in a rich family and grew up with his mother and

father. (F)

3. Harry Potter is a boy with a scar on his forehead. (T)

4. Harry goes to an ordinary school. (F)

5. Harry learns a lot about the real world at Hogwarts. (T)

6. Harry discovers that it is easy to do the right things. (F)

Step3: Dealing with difficulties in understanding the words and sentence structures.

1. Ask students to find the sentences with the following word in the text and do the words-matching.

(1) It’s a world of magic and wonder, where anything can happen.

Magic: wonder

(2) JK Rowling has written a series of books about Harry Potter.

A series of: a number of things come one after another.

(3) A boy with scar on his forehead.

Forehead: part of a person’s face, above the eyes

(4) Harry has to fight against bad wizards and do the right things.

Wizards: a person who knows magic.

2. Ask students to translate the following sentences.

(1) The magic, many strange creatures and the adventures Harry comes across at Hogwarts help him understand the real world.

魔法、许多魔怪以及哈利在霍格沃茨的奇特经历帮助他了解了真实的世界。

(2) You must believe in what you do and who you are if you want to succeed in the world - the magic world of Hogwarts and the real one.

如果你想在世界上有所成就,无论是在霍格沃茨的魔法世界,还是在真实世界,都必须对你自己所做的事和你自己的能力充满自信。

(3) Where someone is born and what a person looks like is not as what he or she grows up to be.

一个人的出身和相貌并不重要,重要的是他或她长大后将成为什么样的人。

(4) It is not enough to be strong in heat and mind; we must also believe in ourselves and help others if we want to be happy and live a good life.

如果我们想获得幸福、过上美好的生活,仅仅一直坚强、头脑聪明还不够,我们还必须相信自己,并且帮助他人。

Part 3 ------ Post reading

Step1: Ask students to find out the topic sentence of each paragraph.

Para 1: It is a world of magic and wonders, a world where anything can happen.

Para 2: Harry seems like a normal boy, but his life is miserable.

Para 3: Hogwarts is an unusual school where the students learn about magic.

Para 4: Harry has to fight against bad wizards and so the right things.

Step2: Ask students to discuss the following questions in a group of four, and then ask some of them to answer the questions.

1. What kind of world does JK Rowling describe?

2. How does Harry’s life change?

3. Does any student have strange powers at Hogwarts?

4. What else does Harry learn besides magic at Hogwarts?

5. Why does Rowling use strange creatures in her books?

Part 4 ------ Extension

Step 1: Ask the students to make a dialogue between Daniel and the reporter.

1. Teachers’ presentation ------

The boy Daniel is world famous over night for playing the role of Harry Potter. Now he is often interviewed by many media. Now I want two students a group. One is Daniel, the other is the reporter. The reporter interviews Daniel by asking some questions.

2. Possible questions:

(1) Do you like the role?

(2) Could you introduce something about the role?

(3) What do you think of your role?

(4) What do you learn from the role?

Homework ------

Write a passage about Harry Potter in about 100 words.

Period 4 Word Study

Teaching aims:

Learn to use the following words and phrases:

Teaching procedures:

1. Treat

Read the following sentences and find out the different meaning of the word in the sentence situation in Column B.

A.1) The engineer felt that he hadn't been treated fairly. (a)

2) He treated the animal cruelly. (a)

3) He treated his mistake as a joke. (b)

4) Doctor Li treated many patients in the emergency room yesterday. (c)

5) Marry will treat her sister to the theater tomorrow. (d)

Column B.

a) To act or behave in a specified manner toward.

b) To regard and handle in a certain way. often used with as:

c) To give medical aid to (someone).

d) To provide with food, entertainment, or gifts at one's own expense:

2. used to; be / get used to doing

A. Ask the students to put the underlined phrases into Chinese and get to know the difference between used to and be/ get used to doing

1. He used to play cards a lot, but he gives it up.

2. I didn’t use to like opera, but now I’m getting interested in it.

= I used not to like opera, but now I’m getting interested in it.

3. I’ve lived in Paris for six years now, so I’m quite used to the traffic there.

B. Filling the blanks.

Use; used to; be / get used to doing

1. We ____this knife to cut the bread.

2. This knife ____________the bread.

3. You’ll soon _________________ living in the country.

4. It’s difficult to understand Scottish people if you _______________ their accent.

5. Jack is on school football team. He __________ practising football after school everyday.

6. When I was a child, I _________ take a flashlight to bed with me so that I could read comic books without my parents’ knowing about it.

Keys: 1) use; 2) is used to cut 3) be used to; 4) are not used to

5) is used to; 6) used to

3. make

A. Ask the students to read the sentences to understand the meaning of the word in different situation.

a. make + n + n

John played football very well, so they made him captain of the team.

(使…成为)

b. make + n / pron+ adj

Don’t make it too tight, This is for winter wear. (做的…)

Sit down and make yourselves comfortable. ( 使得…)

c. make + n

Now some people are just interested in making money. ( earn, 挣得)

Yao Ming made over 20 points in one of the NBA games.(get, 赢得)

d. make + sb. + do

The boss made his workers work long hours.

B. Match the structures with the sentences:

a. make + n + n

b. make + n / pron+ adj

c. make + n

d. make + sb. + do

1. How much do you make from working part-time. (c)

2. The teacher made him stay after school because he didn’t understand what the teacher taught in class. (d)

3. The classroom is so big that the teacher had to speak loud to make herself heard. (b)

4. John is a born leader, so we made him our monitor. (a)

4.believe & believe in

A. Compare the meaning of the words, let students tell the similarities and differences of custom and habit according to the sentences.

1) Do you believe the news stories?

2) I believe they will arrive shortly.

3) You can't believe anything she says.

4) Do you believe in God?

5) Some people believe in everlasting life after death.

B. Filling the blanks with believe or believe in.

My father is an engineer. He _______ where there is a will, there is a way so he works hard every day. His manager _____________ him and _______ he can set my father all kinds of task.

5.

a series of; kinds of; a type of; dozens of

1) He saw _________ white arrows painted on the road, but he didn’t understand the meaning of them.

2) Hurry up, there are _________ people waiting for you over there.

3) Cotton is _____________ material.

4) The same ___________ things are produced and sold by many different companies in the U.S.

5) 1) a series of 2) dozens of 3) a type of 4) kinds of

6. forehead ( word formation)

a. Ask the students to explain the word.

Forehead: the part of the face between the eyebrows, the normal hairline, or the front part of something.

Foresee: to see or know something beforehand.

b. Ask the students to guess what the prefix “fore-” means

Fore-: (1) in front of; (2) before; earlier

c. Ask the students to figure out the meanings of the words.

Forearm, foreman, forefinger, forefather, forename, forerunner, foresight, foretell, foreword

7. Fill in the blanks with suitable phrases.

use to; come across; in trouble; a series of; believe in

(1) The key to achieving your goals is that you must ____ yourself.

(2) He________ spend much time having fun, but now he works hard on his lessons.

(3) No matter what difficulty you ____ , you should never give up practicing skiing.

(4) It is good news that there will be ____ funny movies on next month.

(5) We should try our best to help whoever is ____ .

Suggested answer

(1) believe in (2) used to (3) come across (4) a series of (5) in trouble

Period 5 Grammar

Teaching aim:

Revise the grammar ------ the Attributive Clause

Teaching procedures:

Step 1,

Leading in

1. Ask students to guess some riddles.

(1) It is an animal that jumps on its strong legs and carry its young in a bag on the front of its body. (kangaroo)

(2) It is a thing that you hold above your head to keep yourself dry when it is raining. (umbrella)

(3) It is a soft, round fruit that has a red skin and can be eaten in salad or as a vegetable. (tomato)

(4) It is a building where travelers and others may get food and a room to live

in. (hotel)

(5) It is a season of the year when the weather becomes warmer and plants start to grow again. (spring)

(6) It is someone who is trained to help a doctor to look after the sick or

injured. (nurse)

Step 2: Revision

1. Ask students to review definition of the attributive clause and the antecedents, and then ask students to point out the antecedents, relative pronouns and relative adverbs of the following sentences.

(1) This is the doctor who saved the boy’s life.

(2) Please pass me the book which is lying on the table.

(3) She is the new student whom I want to introduce to you.

(4) The novel which Tom bought is very interesting.

(5) The professor whose daughter teaches you English is Dr. Williams.

(6) I know the reason why she studies so well.

(7) This is the room where he put up for the night.

(8) We’ll never forget the day when the People’s Republic of China was founded.

2. Ask students to summarize the relative pronouns and relative adverb.

(1) Which or that is used to introduce an Attributive Clause about things.

(2) Who, whom or that is used to introduce an Attributive Clause about people.

(3) Where is used to introduce an Attributive Clause about places.

(4) When is used to introduce an Attributive Clause about time.

(5) Why is used to introduce an Attributive Clause about reason.

3. Ask students to read the following sentences and to summarize the characters of the antecedents used as subject in the attributive clause.

(1) The house which they built in 1987 stayed up in the earthquake..

(2) The baby who I looked after yesterday is my niece.

When the antecedents used as subject in the attributive clause, the relative pronouns should be who, whom, which, that, or none.

4. Ask students to read the situation and to make the words in right order.

Situation ------

Mrs. Green got married just last month. She is learning to be a good wife. But she really has a headache about buying, keeping and cooking food. Can you give her some instructions?

(1) Don’t / buy /potatoes/ are green

Don’t buy the potatoes which/that are green.

(2) choose / vegetables / fresh

Choose the vegetables which/that are fresh.

(3) choose / fish / fresh / has bright eyes

Choose the fresh fish which/that has bright eyes.

(4) buy your food / from shopkeepers /always busy

Buy your food form the shopkeepers who are always busy.

(5) keep any cream, butter or cheese / you buy / in the fridge

Keep any cream, butter or cheese which/that/_ you buy in the fridge.

(6) put everything / you need while cooking / in a place / find it easily.

Put everything that you need while cooking in a place where you find it easily.

(7) put / the dish / left / after a meal / in the fridge

Put the fish which/that is left after a meal in the fridge.

5. Ask students to write the sentences according to the language environment.

(1) Alice is a real ice-cream fan. She can eat at least two big ice-creams a day. She even said that she was not going to make friends with anyone who didn’t like ice creams.

(2) Mr. Smith’s house was broken into and his expensive camera and golden watch were stolen. The police discovered a red hair in the room. So they are looking for those people who have red hair.

(3) Meat goes bad easily in summer. So do remember to put it in a place where it is cold.

(4) Some women are crazy about shopping. They never make a shopping list. So when they go back home after shopping they always find they have bought a lot of things they needn’t at all.

(5) Twenty-years has passed and the city of Tangshan takes on a new look. However, many people there will never forget the terrible day when the earthquake destroyed the city.

6. Ask students to fill in the blanks with the relative pronoun and to summarize the relative pronoun “that” should be used in what condition.

(1) “The Matrix” is the best movie that I have seen.

(2) English is the most difficult subject that you will learn these years.

------ 先行词是最高级形容词或是它的前面有最高级形容词时

(3) He is the last person that I want to see.

(4) It’s the first American movie of this kind that I’ve ever seen.

------ 先行词是序数词,或它前面有一个序数词时

(5) Which is the bike that you lost?

(6) Who is the woman that was praised at the meeting?

------主句已有疑问词who 或which时

(7) Do you know the things and persons that they are talking about?

(8) The bike and its rider that had run over an old man were taken to the police station.

------先行词既有人又有物

(9) You should hand in all that you have.

(10) We haven’t got much that we can offer you.

(11) I mean the one that you talked about just now.

------先行词是all, much, little, something, everything, anything, nothing, none,

the one等代词时

(12) The only thing that we can do is to give you some money.

(13) This is the same person that I met yesterday.

(14) Ken is the very person that stole my wallet.

------先行词前面only, any few, little, no, all, the same, the very等词修饰时

(15) Edison built up a factory which produced things that had never been seen before.

(16) The man who is at the table is his brother that has been serving in the army.

------有两个定语从句,其中一个关系代词已用which, 另外一个用that

7. Ask students to read the following passage and try to join sentences using the attributive clause.

Mary’s Party

Everybody went to Mary’s party last Saturday evening. Everybody had a good

time. Mary cooked the food. It was very delicious. I liked the dress. Lucy was wearing it. It suited her well. I also met someone. I had not seen him for years. His name is James. He said he never forgot the last day in college. On that day, we enjoyed ourselves. James told us that he had just flown from Greece. He had been living in Greece for the past five years. He came back here to give an exhibition. The exhibition is about Greek art.

Everybody who went to Mary’s party last Saturday evening had a good time. Mary cooked the food which was very delicious. I liked the dress which/that Lucy was wearing. It suited her well. I also met someone who/whom/_ I had not seen for years. His name is James. He said he never forgot the day when we enjoyed ourselves. James told us that he had just flown from Greece where he had been living for the past five years. He came back here to give an exhibition which is about Greek art.

8. Ask students to do true or false.

(1) An Attributive Clause is used to tell people more clearly which person or thing is being discussed. (T)

(2) While we are writing a composition, we should use Attributive Clauses as many as possible. (T)

(3) If we can use Attributive Clauses in a proper way, our writing will be

improved. (T)

(4) We use more Attributive Clauses in written English than we do in oral

English. (T)

9.Ask the students to read the sentences and translate the following sentences into Chinese:

1.He who knows nothing but pretends to know everything , is indeed a good-for –nothing.

不懂装懂,一事无成.

2. He that makes himself a sheep shall be eaten by the wolf.

甘当小绵羊,迟早要喂狼.

3. It’s the first step that costs.

万事开头难

4. He who would climb that ladder must begin at the bottom.

千里之行,始于足下。

5. He who is full of himself is very empty.

自满的人腹中空.

6.Not all that glitters is gold.

闪光的未必都是金子

Period 6 Integrating Skills

Teaching aim:

Get students to know how to write a poster.

Teaching procedures:

Step 1, Fast reading

a) Read the passage and do the exercises. ( Page 120 《丰台分院紫皮练习册》)

b) Guessing the meaning of the following words.

Ask the students to match the sentences with the same meaning .

1) whisper

2) stupid

3) password

a) a secret word or phrase that one uses to gain admittance or access to information.

b) to speak quietly and privately

c) lacking or marked by a lack of intelligence

Step 2, Read in details.

1. The Ss ask and answer in pairs.

(1) What was the password?

(2) What was strange with the statue?

(3) Who told them that a password could work much?

2. Ask the students to fill in the blanks with the correct information.

Main characters Tom and Pete

Place of the event Before a statue

Reason for what happens Noise coming from behind the statue

Ending of the event

Step 3, Pre-writing

1. Work in groups of four. Let students discuss what a good poster should have.

1) Colorful and interesting.

2) Necessary information.

2. Discuss the topic they are going to choose.

3. Ask the students to list the necessary information of the chosen topic.

1) What is the name of the film?

2) Why should people watch the film?

3) What is the film about?

4) What stars are in the film?

5) Where will the film be shown?

6) When will the film start?

7) How much are the tickets?

4. Writing

The teacher should do the following before the students write a poster:

1) Go over the requirements of writing, and make sure the students know what to do.

2) Tell the students what they should do before writing.

Step 4. While writing

Get the students to write their own posters.

Step 5. Post writing

Do evaluation after finishing their poster.

1) picture

2) writing skills ( spelling, structure, grammar, capitalicalion)

丰台分院 梁丽冰

北京十二中 许琦,袁彬

篇10:Unit 12习语必会(人教版高一英语上册教案教学设计)

Warming up & Speaking

1. match…with… 把….和….相配

2. action film 动作片

3. romantic comedy 浪漫喜剧

4. shootings and fights 枪战

5. at the art festival 在艺术节上/期间

HARRY POTTER

6. magical power 魔力

7. magic tricks 魔术技巧

8. welcome to + n. 欢迎到…. Welcome home!

give sb a warm welcome 热烈欢迎

9. a world of magic and wonders 充满魔力和神奇的世界

10. a series of 一系列的

11. seem like =look like 看起来像

12. treat sb to sth 请某人(吃…) treat sb badly 虐待

treat ...as/like...

13. in trouble 在困境中

get into trouble 陷入困境

ask for trouble 自找麻烦 make trouble 捣乱

put sb to trouble 给人添麻烦

take trouble to do sth 不辞辛苦的做某事

14. do the right thing 做得对

15. come across

1. be understood;

He spoke for a long time but his meaning did not come across.

2. make an impression;

She came across well/badly in interviews.

He came across as a sympathetic person.

3. meet or find sb/sth by chance = run into

I came across some old photos in a drawer.

16. fight against 与…作斗争/打架/打仗 fight n.

fight with; fight for

17. believe 和believe in

believe in 信仰 (真理;宗教;原则)

信任= trust in;trust;have trust in

信赖=rely on

I believe him, but I don’t believe in/trust (in) him.

我相信他所说的话,但我不信任他/相信他的人格/能力。

Do you believe in God?

believe和trust

believe sb/what sb said 相信某人(所说的话)

believe ...to be... 认为...是...

believe...to have done 认为/相信...做过某事

believe that... 相信;认为

trust sb/sth 信任;信赖=have confidence in

trsut in sb/sth 信任;信赖=trust=believe in

trust to +n.(luck/fortune...) 一味(盲目)信赖

trust sb (not) to do 对某人做某事放心;信得过

trust sth to sb =trust sb with sth 把某事交给某人放心

trust that

trust that...

I believe/trust that you will join us. (trust比believe语气强)

I believe him to be an honest man.

=I believe that he is an honest man.

I believe him to have passed the exam.

=I believe that he has passed the exam.

I can’t trust that boy out of my sight.

我一看不见那个孩子就不放心。

18. grow up to be... 长大后成为...

19. share the same goal 有着共同目标

20.be strong in heart and mind 意志坚强,头脑聪明

THE QUESTION

21. whisper sth to sb 小声/悄悄给某人说

whisper sth in one's ear 咬耳朵

in a whisper 小声地

22. as if 好像

23. not all = all not 并不都

not every = every...not 并非每个...都

not both=both not 并非两个都...

...not all of them were safe.=...all of them were not safe.

Not both of the students are good at English.

=Both of the students are not good at English.

完全否定:None of the rooms are safe.

Neither of the students is good at English.

24. if only 要是…就好了

If only my mother were here with me.

25. be about to do sth when… 正要…这时…

26. turn around 转身

27. walk/run up to; go/come up to 上前去

28. go past 从...的旁边过去

WORKBOOK EXERCISES

29. play a trick on sb. 给某人恶作剧

30. apologize to sb for sth 向某人道歉

make an apology to sb.

31.(1) 摆脱…的习惯

get out of the habit (of doing sth) ;

get rid of the habit of

break off the habit of

(2) 养成…的习惯

get/fall into the habit (of doing sth)

form the/a habit (of doing sth)

(3) 有…的习惯

have the/a habit of

be in the /a habit of

32. TV series 电视连续剧

33. primary school 小学 elementary school

34. Attention, please, I have an announcement to make.

请大家注意,我要宣布一个通知。

May I have your attention, please? 请大家注意啦!

35. run after 追赶;追求;追捕

BOOK MAFIC

36. be similar to 与…相似 the same as 和...一样

37. in other words 换句话说 in one’s own words

38. just like us doing what we do 就像我们做我们的事

=just as we do what we do

39. come (back) to life 苏醒;复苏;恢复生机

bring sb (back) to life 使...苏醒;使...恢复生机

40. in a way 在某种程度上

41. lose oneself in = be lost in 沉浸于; 沉醉于

Lost in thought, he almost knocked into a tree.

42. be eager/anxious to do sth 迫切地/渴望要做某事

be eager for/about/after 渴望得到

be anxious about 为...担忧;焦虑

long for 渴望得到 be dying for

篇11:初二英语Unit 12(新课标版八年级英语上册教案教学设计)

Lesson 45

Ⅰ. Teaching Objectives

1. Learning new words about the weather and talk about the weather.

2. Learn to use exclamatory sentences.

3. Teaching a new tense the simple future tense.

Ⅱ. Properties

Recorder, Overhead Projector, Computer

Ⅲ. Language FOCUS :The simple future tense and exclamatory sentences.

Ⅳ. Teaching Procedures

Leading-in

1.教师身披一件厚外套,进班和学生打招呼时做出很冷的样子说:

How cold it is today! But it’s warm in class. So I will put off my coat.

然后把外套脱掉

2.把cold, warm两词写在黑板上, 问学生:Did you listen to the weather forecast yesterday? 然后放一段当天的天气预报的英语录音,将录音中出现的形容天气的词写在黑板上并解释。

cloudy sunny rainy wet windy snowy

Presentation

1.通过一段全国各地天气预报的动画图中各种天气的图标,解释其他天气的英文说法。

引导听录音,听前提问:

--What’s the weather like in Harbin today?

放一段Harbin的天气报告录音,请单个同学回答。之后再听一遍,集体重复问答。

再逐个听广州,兰州,上海的天气报告录音。比较各处天气,引出形容词的比较级。

colder, warmer, drier, hotter, wetter

2.不放录音,请学生根据图标自己复述,教师在必要时给与帮助。

Practice

Ask the students to make sentences about the weather. Then let them do some exercises.

A: What’s the weather like?

B: 1. It’s wet and windy.

2. It s rainy and windy.

3. It’s sunny and hot.

4. It s very snowy, but quite warm.

5. It s very rainy, but quite hot.

6. It s very dry, but quite cold.

Presentation

1.放一段明天全国各地天气预报的动画,引导学生注意其中的时态:一般将来时的构成。比较其与一般现在时的不同。

2.引导学生分析感叹句的构成。

Remember the structures:

1. How + adj. + subject + verb!

2. What + adj. + noun(singular or plural) + subject + verb!

e.g. How cold it is today!

What a cold day (it is today)!

Practice

1. Look at the chart below and ask the students to make sentences using the simple future tense.

Notes: 1) Mark “√” refers to affirmative sentences.

Mark “×” refers to negative sentences.

Mark “?” refers to general questions and make answers to all these questions.

2) Add a future time to the end of each sentence if necessary, eg. tomorrow, the day after tomorrow, tomorrow morning/afternoon/evening, next Sunday/year/month, later on, soon, …

2. Let the students do some translations.

1. 她是一位多么善良的女孩呀!

2. 这是一部多么有趣的电影呀!

3. 他们是多么有耐心的医生呀!

4. 这些书是多么新呀!

5. 今天天气是多么好呀!

Keys: 1. How kind the girl is! = What a kind girl she is!

2. How interesting the film is! = What an interesting film is!

3. How patient the doctors are! = What patient doctors they are!

4. How new these books are! = What new books they are!

5. How fine it is today! = What a fine day (it is today) !

3. Dialogue Practice

T: Look at Exercise Two. Listen to the tape and repeat after it.

Now let the students use the patterns to practise more.

At last, try to ask them to make some new sentences. For example:

1. A: How dry it is today!

B: Yes, but it’ll be wetter later on.

2.A: What a dry day!

B: Yes, and it’ll get drier, I’m afraid.

Exercises in class

Fill in the blanks

A. Exclamatory sentences practice.

1. ______ nice ties they are!

2. ______ lovely weather it is!

3. ______ funny the joke is!

4. ______ a good idea this is!

5. ______ clever you are!

6. ______ terrible that is!

7. ______ handsome actors they are!

8. ______ wonderful it is!

B. The simple future tense practice.

1. I ______ the museum tomorrow, (not visit)

2. It ______soon. (rain)

3. ______ I ______ for Julia at the school gate tomorrow morning? (wait) Yes, you ______.

4. They______ care of the children next Sunday, (take)

5. ______ you ______ to university next year? (go)

No, I ______. Because I m not old enough.

6. Peter______ us the truth this evening, (not tell)

Keys: A: l. What 2.What 3.How 4.What 5.How 6.How 7.what 8.How

B: 1.won’t visit 2.will rain 3.Shall/wait/will 4.will take 5.Will/go/won’t 6.won’t tell

Homework

1. Remember the adjectives of weather and make a dialogue.

2. Make three exclamatory sentences and another three sentences using the simple future tense.

The design of the blackboard

Lesson 45How cold it is today! What a cold day it is!

教案点评:

本设计导入部分利用真实的情节引入关于天气的词汇的教学,然后利用各种天气的图标来说明天气的说法,利用媒体搜集资源:天气预报,介入一般将来时的认识,但并非本课的重点,而是着重练习感叹句的运用,这样处理达到了本课的目标。

Lesson 46

Teaching Objection

1.学习方位词,并能在图中正确辨别。

2.学习并掌握表示将来时的用法。

3.能运用描述未来天气情况。

Main Points

The expression of weather; noun of locality; the expression of direction;

Difficult Points

The simple future tense

Teaching Aids

Recorder, Overhead Projector, Video

Teaching Procedures

Step 1 Revision

Revise the weather vocabulary by asking: What’s the weather like?

T: What's the date today?

Ss: It's December 28th.

T: What s the weather like?

Ss: It’s very rainy, windy and cold.

T: How cold it is today!

Ss: Yes, but it’ll be warmer later on.

T: What a cold day!

Ss: Yes, and it'll get colder, we' re afraid.

Step 2 Presentation

1. Part 1 Read and act

T: Now listen to the tape and try to understand it. And answer the question: What’s the weather like where Bruce’s father is?

After Listening the tape, check the answer: It’s warm and sunny.

Answer the following questions according to the dialogue

1. Where is Bruce now?

2. What ' s the weather like in Xinjiang?

3. What kinds of fruit does Bruce like very much?

4. What are his parents going to do?

5. Are they very happy to talk by telephone?

答案:1.Bruce is in Xinjiang, China.

2.It's cold in the morning, but turns very warm at noon.

3. He likes the grapes and melons very much.

4. They are going to hike.

5. Yes, they are.

2. Ask students to talk about the weather in Xinjiang?

Show these words: strange, dry, fruit, grapes, melons

The weather is very strange in Xinjiang. It’s cold in the morning, but turns very warm at noon. It’s also very dry, so the fruit here is very sweet. There are grapes and melons in Xinjiang.

3. Language Points

1) ring up, get into communication with sb by telephone.

eg. I’ll ring you up this evening.

ring up = call up(us)

2) hike [haik] V. go for a long walk in the country, taken for pleasure or exercise.

eg. They are going to hike tomorrow.

-hiker n. person who hikes.

4. Learning the nouns of locating by Overhead Projector

This is north/east/south/west/northwest/northeast/southwest/southeast.(手指着各个方向分别教学方位名词)

Note the different way of saying northeast, southwest, etc. in Chinese.

T: What part of China do we live in?

Ss: We live in the north/south/…of China.(教师可帮助学生回答)

T: What cities are in the north/south/east/southwest/…?

5. A Weather Report

T: Every morning I listen to the weather report. I like to hear what the weather is going to be like all around the world. Listen to this report and see what you can hear.

Play the tape several times for the students to listen to the tape.

Question: What will the weather be like in Northwest?

Check the answer: It will snow in the night.

6. Language Points

Explain that will is another way of saying going to be. Will expresses the simple future as be going to does.

Explain the sentence There will be a strong wind to the north of the Huai River.

there will be

It’s the way of expressing the simple future of there be.

e.g. I will go to the park this weekend.

The phrase to the north of expresses beyond some area.

e.g. Japan is to the east of China.

Prep in express inside some area.

Step 3 Practice

Fill in the form according the weather report

Places Weather Temperature

Most North China

Cold wet /cloudy

1.A strong wind2.(after tomorrow)Sunny

Northeast Above zeroBelow zero

Snow (night)/heavy

Beijing

Tianjin 2 ---9

Let the students look at the radio report and fill in the form..

Weather Report

Good evening. Let’s look at tomorrow's weather. In England the temperature is going to be around 15℃, except in the north where it’s going to be cooler; around 12℃.The day’s going to be generally fine, with a lot of sunshine, especially in the south. Over Wales and northern England, it’ll be cloudy in the afternoon and by early evening it’s going to rain. But only a little. In Northern Ireland, it’s going to be generally colder with strong winds and temperatures around 10℃.The story for Scotland is quite different - in the east of Scotland, it’s going to be wet and windy with temperatures around 5℃.To the north and west, however; up in the Highlands, the temperature’s going to be much lower around 2℃ and it looks like it’s going to snow in the evening.

North of England-South of England-Wales-Northern Ireland-East of Scotland-North and west of Scotland-

Keys:

North of England-cooler, around 12℃;

South of England - fine, with a lot of sunshine

Wales - cloudy in the afternoon, a little rain in the early evening

Northern Ireland - colder with strong winds, around 10℃

East of Scotland - wet and windy, around 5℃

North and west of Scotland - snow in the evening, around 2℃

Step 4 Exercise

Rewrite the sentences without changing their meanings.

1. Most of North and South China will have a cold wet day.

It _______ _______ cold and wet _______ most of North and South China.

2. It'll rain in Beijing.

Beijing will ______ ______.

3. The rain was heavy last night.

It ______ ______ last night.

4. The snow is heavy now.

There ______ ______ now.

5. What's the weather like today?

______ ______ the weather today?

6. We played happily in the park last Sunday.

We ______ ______ ______ ______ in the park last Sunday.

7. Bruce rings up his father in Sydney.

Bruce ______ his father ______ ______ in Sydney.

Answers: 1. will be, in 2. be rainy 3. rained heavily 4. is heavy snow 5. How is 6. had a great time 7. gives, a ring

Step 5 Homework

1. Read the dialogue and the text fluently.

2. Make a radio report of the weather in winter.

3. Finish off the workbook exercises.

The design of the blackboard

Lesson 46A Weather Reporthave a cold day in the night at timesstay above zero Have a great timefall below zero It will be + adj.in the daytime There will be + n.

教案点评:

本设计对词汇的处理比较自然,包括两个方面:利用图片,在语境中教学词汇;利用手势、方位和方位图教学表示方位的词汇。

Lesson 47

Teaching Objectives:

掌握谈论天气的词汇和用语;

掌握感叹句和一般将来时的用法。

Properties: Recorder, Overhead Projection

Teaching Procedures:

Step 1 Revision

Revise the vocabulary of direction.(可利用学生互相的位置进行表达)

Revise how to express the weather

Step 2 Read and act

Play the tape for the students to listen and repeat.

Have students read and act out the dialogue in pairs.

At last, let several pairs act it out.

Step 3 Read and learn

Play the tape for the students to listen and repeat.

Pay attention to the followings: play football, on our school playground, climb the mountain, have to do, stay home, do some reading. It’s better to do sth, on rainy days. I'm afraid… ,go roller-skating, would you like to do sth? play with sb, make a snowman.

Now encourage the students to make some different dialogues with the patterns given in students Book.

For Example:

Example 1

A: What a fine day today!

B: Yes, it’s sunny and not very hot. Will you go to Beihai Park with me?

A: Ok. Let s go and row a boat there.

B: That’s a good idea!

Example 2

A: Look! How heavy it rains!

B: Anna, you can't take a walk outside today, I'm afraid. What will you do?

A: I have to stay home and do some cleaning.

B: Good. It s better to do some cleaning on rainy days.

Example 3

A: Wow! What a heavy snow! I'm afraid you can't play football. Jack. What will you do?

B: I can go skiing. Would you like to go with me, Jim?

A: Certainly! Let’s carry our skiing-gears!

B: OK./Come on!

Step 4 Listening

Play the tape and ask What will the weather be like for Taiyuan?

Make sure the students get the answer. Then play the tape again and have the student write down the temperatures of the cities on Page 139.

Play the third time. Make sure the students finish the exercises. Then check the answer with the whole class.

Step 5 Exercises in class

Rewrite the following sentences.

1. He goes to school on foot every day. ( by bike tomorrow)

2. They don't have a meeting every Friday, (next Friday)

3. Does Polly often help his friends? Yes, he does. (tomorrow)

4.I play basketball with my classmates every afternoon. ( tomorrow afternoon)

5. Do you keep a diary in English this year? ( next year) No, I don’t.

Keys:

1. He will go to school by bike tomorrow.

2. They won’t have a meeting next Friday.

3. Will Polly help his friends tomorrow? Yes, he will.

4.I will play basketball with my classmates tomorrow afternoon.

5. Will you keep a diary in English next year? No, I won’t.

Step 6 Homework

1. Finish off the workbook exercises.

2. Make three different dialogues according to Exercise Two.

The design of the blackboard

Lesson 47 I don’t like the snow/ rain/ cold. The snow will stop later in the day. What a heavy snow! It’s better to do some reading on rainy days.

Lesson 48

Teaching Objectives:

复习辅音音标及有关字母和字母组合的拼读规则;

掌握本课的重点语言项目:

I think it will be …

I hope …

I don’t like the …

I love the …

掌握有关天气状况的词汇及表达天气的用语;

学会写weather report and an e-mail。

Properties: Recorder, Overhead Projector

Teaching Procedures:

Step 1 Revision

Write a short passage using the words given below

bad, last, not, long, think, get better, soon, radio, rain, stop, later on, so, go shopping, later.

Reference answer:

The weather is bad now. But it won’t last too long. I think it’ll get better soon. Because the radio says the rain will stop later on. So I'll go shopping later.

Step 2 Spelling and pronunciation

Play the tape for the students to listen and repeat.

Practise the individual sounds, the show flashcards with more words and get the students to pronounce the words.

Step 3 Practise

Revise the vocabulary of weather.

windy rainy sunny cloudy hot cold etc.

Teach the new word foggy by showing a picture.

Slides showing.

1

A: I think it will be windy/sunny/rainy/cloudy tomorrow.

B: I hope you ' re wrong. I don ' t like the wind/sun/rain/cloud.

I hope you ' re right. I love the wind/sun/rain/cloud.

2

A: I think it will be cloudy/windy/sunny/hot/rainy/cold tomorrow.

B: No, it won't! I think the weather will be much better/worse!

Read through the dialogue with the students.

Get the students to practise the dialogue in pairs. Substitute the words in the box to practise the dialogue. Ask several pairs to practise the dialogue.

Step 4 Presentation

Language Points.

1. I hope (that) subject + verb

I hope you’ll get well soon.

2. I love + noun.

I love my family and my school, and I love my country, too.

3. much + comparative degree.

Mike is much taller than Jim.

Step 5 Look, read and say

课前一天教师可让学生观看中央电视台的天气预报,或是收听电台的天气预报,教学此部分时先让学生说说昨天预报的天气情况,尽量用英语表达。或是让学生当播音员把Lesson 46的weather report用自己的语言说一遍。

Ask the students to look at the table, then read it together.

Ask them to guess what season it is.

Have the students to write their weather report individually.

Then choose several students to read their weather reports for the class.

Step 6 Practice

Listen to another model.

Tokyo→rainy-→ 11→-3

Model: Good morning! Here's the weather report for some big cities in the world. Tokyo is rainy. The high temperature will be 11. There'11 be plenty of rain in the daytime, but the low temperature tonight will be minus three. Wear warm clothes at night when you go out….That's the weather report for today. Thank you for listening.

(Ask the students to report that of the rest big cities-London, Ottawa, New York and Melbourne to their classmates. )

Step 7 Writing

T: Look at Exercise Four. Try to learn how to write an e-mail.

T: Read the e-mail form, and listen to a model.

Model:

Dear Miss West,

Welcome to our school! My name is Josie Zhou. I' m in Class One, Grade Two. You will come here next month, won’t you? Now let me tell you something about the weather here. The sky is usually blue in the daytime, the high temperature is about 6 and the low temperature is about minus 6. The weather here is really nice, isn't it? But you'd better bring some warm clothes because it'll get colder and colder. I' ll wait for your arrival and have a safe journey.

(Ask the students to discuss in class)

Step 8 Checkpoint 12

1. Grammar: the simple future tense and exclamatory sentences.

2. Useful expressions: later on, ring up. Happy New Year! The same to you.

eg. Merry Christmas! The same to you!

Note:

①Teachers: Happy Teachers ' Day!

Teachers: The same to you.

②Students: Happy Teachers’ Day!

Teachers: Thank you.

Step 9 Exercises in class

Write a Weather Report according to the following form about 50 words.

上海未来24小时天气预报

时间 天气情况 温度(℃)

今天晚上 有雨,部分地区有大雨 2-9

明天上午 有云,风向偏东,风力不大 9-12

明天下午 晴天 12-16

Answers:

Weather report of Shang hai for the next 24 hours. It will be rainy tonight. The lain will be very heavy in some places. The temperature will be 2 to 9. It will be cloudy tomorrow morning. There will be a wind to the east. It’s not strong. The temperature will be 9 to 12. After noon it will be sunny. The temperature will be 12 to 16.

Step 10 Homework

1. Write a weather report according to the model in Exercise Three.

2. Write an e-mail according to the pattern in Exercise Four.

3. Finish off the workbook exercises..

The design of the blackboard

Lesson 48 ch -ch - tch I think it will be … tomorrow. - ge j There’ll be beautiful sunshine. tr That’s the weather report for today. dr I hope … -ts-tes I don’t like the … -ds- des I love the …

篇12:unit 6 Going west教案学案一体化(学生版)(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

Period 1 New words and expressions

Teaching aims:

1)Read the new words and expressions.

2)Learn some of the important new words and expressions

1.quit [ ] vt. 过去时,过去分词quit或 quitted,现在分词quitting

1). 离开;退出

He quitted Paris after a week. 他一周后离开了巴黎。

2). 放弃,停止 [+v-ing]

He has ______________.他已戒了烟。

She asked them to________________.她要求他们不要说话

_______________辞去工作

advise them to quit their dissipated ways. 劝导他们撇弃放荡的生活方式

vi.

1). 离开;迁出

If he doesn't pay his rent, he will receive notice to quit. 如果他不付房租,他将被通知搬出去。

2). 停止

It's almost 5 o'clock;_______________.

.都快五点钟了;该下班了。

3). 放弃斗争,认输

4). 【口】辞职

I'm going to quit next week.我将在下周辞职。

2.apply [ ] vt.

1). 涂,敷;将...铺在表面 (+to)

The nurse applied the ointment_______________. 护士把药膏敷到伤口上。

2) 应用;实施

We should apply both theories in the language classroom.

我们应把两种理论都运用到语言教室中去。

He applied the brakes.他踩刹车

3)使起作用;使适用(+to)

This rule can not __________________every case. 这条规则并不是在每种情况下都能适用的。

4)把...用(于)[(+to)]

She______________________ her mortgage(抵押). 她将她所有的钱都用来付抵押贷款

5).专心;集中精力

apply oneself to 专心从事,埋头于…

The new comer applied his mind__________________. 新来的职员工作专心致志。

Students should__________________________________. 学生们应该专心致志地学习。

注意:He applied to the company for the position.______________________________。

3.add up 把...加起来

______________________________________get 12. 把三、四、五相加,总数是十二。

Add up these figures, please. 请把这些数字加起来。

He wrote down the weight of each stone and then______________________.

他把每一块石头的重量记下来,然后把所有的重量加在一起。

add up to 总计为,总数达

__________________________________________________.他受的教育加起来不过一年。

add…to…把…加到…上/里 // add to 增加,增强

add fuel to the fire _____________ 增色_______________

Will you ___________________your coffee?(加些糖)

Your carelessness____________________________(增加了我们的困难).

4.circumstance [ ]

n.情况,环境;情势

_____________________I would have resigned immediately.在正常情况下,我本会马上辞职的。

under no circumstances ,in no circumstances,无论如何不;决不

词组:under the circumstances或in the circumstances 在这些情况下;情况既然如此

The circumstances forced me to accept.____________________________

Maybe _____________________we may say that man can conquer nature.

也许在这样的情况下我们可以说人定胜天。

It depends on [upon] circumstances. ________________.

Under no circumstances _____________out of the house.(你不应该走出)

5.Don't lose heart. 别泄气。 lose sight of_______________

lose one’s heart to______/_______________ 与 …失去联系/ ____________对…失去控制

__________丢面子 / lose hold of__________ / _____________ 对…失去兴趣

6.assessment [ ] n.

评价;估计[C]

He_______________________________ the situation. 他对形势作了细致的评估。

assess [ ] vt. assessed, assessing, assesses

估定, 评定对...进行估价,评价

It is too early to__________________ the new legislation. 现在来评价新法规的效果为时尚早。

7.take it easy别着急,别紧张,慢慢来,多休息(从容, 不紧张, 松懈, 轻松)

Take it easy. We'll take care of everything. 别着急。一切由我们照料。

Our teacher told us______________________________. 老师交待我们考试前要放松。

---I’ve caught a bad cold,and had a headache.

---_____________________________(别紧张,多喝些水)

8.keep up保持,维持,坚持;持续,继续:

We asked her to stop talking, but she kept up. 我们请她别再说话了,但她依旧说下去.

Keep up! 坚持!

keep up a good state of mind ____________________________

__________________________!鼓起勇气

Keep up your spirits! ______________-

I don’t know_______________________________.不知道这雨会持续多久。

I have formed the good habit of getting up early, but I don’t know__________________.不知道是否能坚持下去

____________ 赶上 /___________阻止,扣下,隐瞒 /keep down________ /_________不接近

/keep on________ /__________不准入内/_______________置身于…之外 /keep to_____ /-___________________使(某人)离开(某物)/__________________ 记住

9.survival [ ]n.

1). 幸存;残存[U]

2). 幸存者;残存物[C]

The old man is a survival of the past age. 这老人乃上一个时代的遗老。

survive [ ] vt.

1). 在...之后仍然生存,从...中逃生

Only two passengers _________________the air-crash. 这次飞机失事只有两名乘客幸免于死。

2). 比...活得长;丧失(配偶,亲人等)

She survived her husband by twenty years._____________________________。

vi. 活下来,幸存;残留[(+on)]

___________________________________洪水后极少有人生还。

10.relief [ ] n.

1). (痛苦,负担等的)缓和,减轻;解除[U][S1][(+of/from/on)]

The pills gave her some relief.________________________。

Will this medicine ____________________________the pain? 吃了这药能马上止疼吗?

2). 轻松,宽心,慰藉[U][S1]

Hearing the news, he breathed a sigh of relief. _____________________________________。

I _____________when I heard I had passed the examination.听说我通过了考试,感到轻松多了。

3) 救济;补助;解救[U]

to send relief to flooded areas ___________________--

11.deliver [ ] vt. n.

1). 投递;传送;运送[(+to)]

The mailman_____________________ promptly. 那个邮差准时地投递信件。

Some new books________________________________. 一些新书已被送到学校。

2). 发表;讲;宣布

_________________________________________. 他在会上作了重要报告。

3). 给...接生;生(婴儿)

She________________ in the evening. 晚上她生了一对双胞胎。

_________________________? 哪位医生接生了这个婴儿?

12.tough [ ] a.

1). 坚韧的,牢固的,折不断的

This material is as tough as leather.________________________。

___________________强硬的政策

2). (肉等)老的,咬不动的

____________________________________________牛排太老了,我咬不动它。

3). 困难的:____________________最困难的问题

He faces the toughest test of his life so far.______________________________。

a tough guy ______ tough meat _______ 强硬的态度____________

棘手的任务_____________ a tough customer _____________

a tough neighborhood 治安很差的住宅区

13*wrap [ ] vt. wrapped, wrapped

1). 包,裹[(+up/in)]

I ____________________________before I mailed it. 我先把书用牛皮纸包好,然后邮寄。

2). 缠绕,披[O][(+around/about)]

She wrapped a scarf around her neck.__________________________。

3). 覆盖;遮蔽

The skyscraper was wrapped in fog. 摩天大楼为雾所笼罩。

14.tie up [ ]

1). 系住

He__________________ and went into the inn. 他系住马,走进了小酒店。

2). 使受阻

________________________________. 交通阻塞已有三个小时。

15.packet [ ] n. . 小包(裹);小捆;小袋[C][(+of)]

The mailman brought a small packet. 邮差送来了一个小邮包。

He bought____________________. 他买了一包香烟。

16.go for为…而去,努力争取

_____________________他正在求职

I really go for progressive jazz.我十分爱好渐进式爵士乐。

__________________________________________.她不喜欢他这种类型的男人。

Go for it,John. We know you can beat him.去吧,约翰。我们知道你能赢。

Period 2 Warming up, listening and speaking

Teaching aims: Try to improve the students abilities of listening and speaking

Step 1 Warming up

Ask the students to fill out the form ,write their score for each question in the box and add up the total score.

Step 2 Listening

Listen to the tape and finish the exercises on page 47.

Step 3 Speaking

The speaking activity is tied in with the listening. Encourage the students to think creatively.

Period 3 Reading

Teaching aims:

1. Help the students improve the skills of summarizing and scanning.

2. Underline and analyze some key phrases and sentences.

3 . Get the students to know the importance of perseverance.

Fast-reading

1 When did we decide to move to another place?

2 How long did the journey last?

3 What is our first destination?

4 Is the journey hard? Can you make some examples about it?

Careful-reading

Exercise1: True or False

5.It took much time for the writer to decide what they should bring for the journey.( )

6. We traveled alone. ( )

7.Indian Greek in Kansas was the meeting place for people moving to the east.( )

8.On November 4, 1846, the travelers entered the Salt Lake Desert and soon lost their way.( )

9.The travelers burn their animals because they were ill.( )

10.The travelers were shocked to see the horses and oxen,suffering from heat ,thirst,and starvation.( )

11.During the journey ,the travelers were helpful to each other.( )

12 .When a young man in our group suggested that I stay behind with the children and wait for help, I agreed. ( .)

13. When the animals smelt the water, they all ran. ( )

Exercise 2 :Choose the best answers

1.The reason why my father wanted to go to California is that .

A. California was in desert B. California was far away

C. California was a wonderful land described in a book

D. California was the largest state in the USA

2.People moving to the west would meet in .

A. Kansas B. California C. Salt Lake Valley D. Salt Lake Desert

3.On which day did the author enter the Salt Lake Desert?

A. April 12. B. November 4. C. October 15. D. December 25.

4.Why did the travelers call their ninety-mile drive through the Salt Lake Desert the “Long Drive”?

A Because the landscape was dry and barren. B. Because water was salty and not drinkable.

C. Because their water supply was so low. D. All of the above.

5.After the travelers burnt their wagons, they had to go on their feet with another miles to go.

A.2 500 B.500 C.90 D.45

6.Why didn’t the author stay behind with the children and wait for help?

A. Because that meant he/she would die.

B. Because he/she knew that children were tiresome.

C. Because he/she knew that there was a wagon waiting for him/her.

D. Because he/she felt he/she could get a prize by his/her father.

7.The animals almost ran when the travelers reached the edge of the desert, why?

A. Because they were tired and weak. B. Because they had no burden.

C. Because they must have smelt the water. D. Because they went back to their home.

8.How long did the author spend finishing the journey?

A. More than 40 months. B. About 2 months.

C. About a year. D. About a year and a month.

9.From the text, we can infer .

A. the author and the travelers had to go all day and all night long

B. there was no oxen left when the travelers reached California

C. many travelers died when their days of hardship came to an end

D .it’s a long way to travel from the author’s hometown to California

10.The best title of the text is .

A.A Journey To California B. Long Drive

C. The Salt Lake Desert D. Enjoy Your Life

Detailed reading

1.Fill in the chart:

Time Events

October, 1845

April ,1846

November, 1846

For many weeks

Christmas Day

2.The main idea of the text:

The text related a story that the hero’s family and many other families moved to the West. They ran into ___________ on the way to the West. _______________, they didn’t _________ Finally they ______________- and started a new life.

Part 1 (1) _______________________________.

Part 2 (2) _______________________________

Part 3 (3-5) ________________________________

Part 4 (6) _________________________________

Post-reading

Questions:

1 Where in the text do you find evidence that the wagons were not he most suitable means of transport?

2 Why did the travelers call their ninety mile-drive through the Salt Lake Desert the “long drive”?

3 What can you learn from this reading passage? What impresses you most?

Period 4 Language Points

Teaching aims:

1. Grasp some important phrases in the text.

2. Learn some language points.

Step 1 Revision

1.What can we learn from this text?

When we _________ problems, we shouldn’t _________. Instead , we should learn to face _____________________. As long as we ___________the difficulties and never _________, we will _____________________. More over, we all have dreams in our heart. As long as we insist and keep _________________, I believe we will make our dreams _________ one day.

2.Consolidation

In the ______ of 1845, after his father read a book about _________, he decided to _____ there. His family and many other families ________ for their journey by the middle of October. After traveling through _________, they had to spend __________ in Kansas. Until ____________ , they wouldn’t leave. They traveled by day. On November4, 1846, they entered __________ and soon lost their way. Due to lack of ______________, the oxen had no strength to pull the wagons and were burnt. People had no choice but to cover another 500 miles ________. At last, they _________ all the difficulties and got to the west on the morning of _____________. They started their new life there.

Step 2 Language study

1. beyond [ ] 介词 prep.

1).在(到)…较远的一边

What lies beyond the mountains? _______________________

2).晚于;超过

This work is beyond my grasp. 这件工作非我力所能及。

Don't stay there __________________. 不要过了午夜还留在那儿。

3).为…所不能及;多于;超出

Understanding this article is beyond my capacity(能力). _______________________。

It's quite beyond me why she married such a heavy smoker. 我实在无法理解为什么她会嫁给这样一个烟鬼。

The fruit is _____________________. 那个果子我够不着。

4). (常用于含疑问或否定意义的结构中)除...之外

He has nothing _____________________. 除这幢房子外,他别的什么也没有。

* beyond all praise 赞美不尽 beyond __________难以置信

beyond compare 无与伦比的 beyond ______________无法形容

beyond words无法用语言表达

2.leave behind忘了带;留下

I've left my pen behind. 我忘了带笔。

I’m afraid we must leave Xiao Lin behind.恐怕我们得把小林留下。

When he went to work in Saudi Arabia, he had to __________________.

他前往沙特阿拉伯工作时,他不得不留下他的家人。

* leave sth ________ 不考虑 leave __________不打扰

Leave _______遗漏 leave _______停止

3.burden n. 负担;责任,义务:

The old man bent ___________________________. 老人因背着重负而弯腰。

He could not ______________ alone. 他一人挑不起这副担子。

The burden of organizing the campaign fell to me. 组织这次活动的责任落到了我头上

It is a burden to the people. _______________

The burden fell on me. __________________

vt.

1.) 加重压于,加负担于,烦扰[(+with)]

政府使国民负担重税。___________________________

2.) 加负荷于,使载重[(+with)]

He ____________________a large bundle of magazines. 他吃力地捧着一大捆杂志。

4.desperate [ ] a.危急的;绝望的,极严重的

He _____________ when he lost all his money. 当他丢了所有的钱时,他绝望了。

The prisoners grew increasingly desperate. ______________________。

the desperate look of hunger____________________; a desperate cry for help.___________ ______________ 绝症;a desperate situation _____________

5.accustomed [ ] a.

1). 惯常的,通常的

2).习惯的,适应了的

_______________________她惯常的微笑

He is accustomed to work hard一向勤奋工作

I am accustomed to ______________.我习惯于睡得很晚

I'm not accustomed to _____________ to do morning exercises.我不习惯这么早起床进行晨练。

I’ve been accustomed to looking after them.

It’ll take time for me to accustom myself to the changes. ______________________.

6.starvation [ ]n. 饥饿;挨饿;饿死[U]

The old woman died of starvation. 老妇人被活活饿死。

starve [ ] vi.

1). 饿死

The explorers ________________ in the desert. 探险者们在沙漠中饿死了。

2). 挨饿

3). 【口】饿得慌

Let's get something to eat; I'm starving. 我们吃点东西吧;我饿坏了。

4). 渴望;极需要 (+for)

The plants are _______________. 这些植物极需要水。

7.anxiety [ ] n.

1). 焦虑,挂念[U][C][(+about/for)]

The mother _______________ about her daughter's health. 母亲为女儿的健康忧心忡忡。

2) 焦虑的原因;令人焦虑之事[C][(+to)]

That is a great anxiety to me. 那是一件使我深感焦虑的事情。

3). 渴望[C][(+for)][+to-v]

_____________________was obvious. 他们想去的急切心情是显而易见的。

8.come to an end 结束

The meeting ____________________ at last. 会议终于结束了。

____________ 停止 _______________作出决定 ________________________得出结论

come to a person’s aid ________ come to an arrangement (agreement) 达成协议

All good things must come to an end. 一切好事迟早都会结束。( __________________。)

__________________在...结尾,在....末端 _______________最后,终于

bring to an end ______________ on end on end __________________

make an end of 终止,除掉 以――告终_______________

put an end to __________ 收支相抵_______________

9.lose one’s way become lost 迷路;迷失

莉莉在森林里迷了路。 ____________________________________.

摸索着走_______________ 打出道路______________ 行进 _________

挤着向前_________________ 弯曲前进__________________

Step 3 Translation

1信任;信耐

2. 代表;代替

3. 适宜

4. 灰心;泄气

5 (被)抛弃

6. 放弃

7. 少于;不足

8. 开始(旅程;赛跑);出发

9. 继续前进

10. 出发;首途

11. 迷路

12. 伸出

13. 在极度需要的(时候)

14. 步行

15. (通常用于被动语态)习惯于

16. 患病;遭受……之苦

17. 赶紧办理;急急忙忙地去做某事

18. . 停下来去做某事

19. 开始做某事

20. 用四肢

21. (在)……边缘

22. 瞪视; 凝视

23. 结束;终止

24. 与时间赛跑

25. 挽救……免于

26. 占用(时间;空间)

27. 在危险中;关系重大

28. 冒险去做某事

29. … 运用;应用

30. (两个或两个以上的数量或量)加起来

31. 别紧张;放松点

32. 维持;保持;使某事处于高水平

33. 常识;情理

34. 忘带;留下

35. . 经历某事物而幸存

36. 系;拴;捆

37. 为……去;努力获取

Period 5 Word study and Grammar

Teaching aims:

1. To review the words and expressions learned in the reading.

2. To summarize the usages of the Attribute.

Period 6 Integrating skills

Teaching aims:

1. To get the students to understand some words and phrases in the text.

2. To help the students summarize the main points after they read the dialogue.

Step 1 Skimming

After reading the text, answer the following questions:

(1) What did the dialogue mainly tell us?

(2) For what purpose did the people use the dog team?

Step 2 Scanning

Find some information to fill in chart:

The brief introduction to the story

The time

The place

The plot

The result

Step 3 Further reading

Judge whether the following statements are true or false:

(1) The first dog race was a race against time. ( )

(2) The disease which struck the Nome was called flu. ( )

(3) If doctors couldn’t get enough vaccine, the children would die quite soon. ( )

(4) The doctors could do nothing but use the dog team to deliver the vaccine because there were not enough ships and planes. ( )

(5) During the journey, the dogs and their drivers should fight against the hot weather. ( )

(6) When the dogs and their drivers arrived on time, they were warmly welcomed. ( )

Step 4 Language study

1.anniversary 周年纪念;周年纪念日

结婚周年纪念日 _________________ the 20th anniversary of our country’s independence_________________

2.deliver: 释放,移交,投递,发表,给予,表达

deliver sb. from sth. ___________________ deliver sth to/over sb把某物交付某人.

带信,传话 _________________ 发表讲话________________

deliver over (up) (to) ____________ 生孩子_______________

He delivered himself up to the police. _______________________.

我把信和包裹交给了她.____________________________________

3. stake n.桩,水刑柱,赌注 v.系于柱上,打赌

把…拴在柱子上_____________ play for high stakes下大赌注赌钱

stake…on…把…押在…上 be at stake 生死攸关

He staked all his hopes on his son’s success as a stateman.

________________________________

He left the gambling game when they __________________.

赌注太高时他离开了赌局

I’m going to stake $5 on that watch. 那块表我押5 美元.

孩子们的生命濒临危险.__________________________

4 . risk n.风险, 保险对象 vt. 冒…的危险

do sth at the risk of one’s life=risk one’s life to do sth _____________…

at all risks=at any risk _______________________

at (one’s) risk ____________

run(take) a risk (risks)=risk doing sth 冒险

If you go out without your raincoat , _________________________.

如果你出门不带雨衣,就有可能被淋湿.

We can’t risk your catching the measles.我们不能让你冒染上麻疹的危险

太多的人有生命危险______________________.

5.prevent v. n.______________ preventable 可预防的 preventive预防的

prevent sb from doing prevent disease

Try to ________________ in dry weather.干旱天气预防火灾

There was nothing _______________________________.没有什么能阻止他订婚

Prevention of illness is better than curing it. _____________________

6.cover vt.掩盖,掩护,包括,走过,支付,报道 n. 盖子,封面

盖着… ___________________ from cover to cover_____________

走了6 英里 ______________ 采访会议_____________________

cover the expense _____________ a cover for…盖子

她用手蒙住了脸._______________________

I didn’t cover as much ground as I had wanted. ____________________________

This report covered all aspects of the problem.这个报告涵盖了这个问题的所有层面

Step 5 Translation

1. …80周年纪念日

2. 与时间赛跑,抢时间

3. 挽救……免于

4. 足以令人欣慰

5. 没分钟都非常关键。

6. 一直到,等于

7. 在危险中;关系重大

8. 黎明的第一道曙光

9. … 的纪念馆

10. 冒险去做某事

11. 那样的病

12. 历史事件

篇13:高三英语教案学案一体化讲义Unit 2学生版(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

高三英语备课组:凌红棋

Period 2 Warming up, listening and speaking.

1. evaluate ____________________________________

1) It’s hard to ______ her as a singer.

A. evaluate B. reduce C. achieve D. fade

2) It’s impossible to ______ these results without knowing more about the research methods employed.

A. value B. evaluate C. absorb D. benefit

2. various _______________________________________

1) 多方面的经验 ________________________________

2) He can’t complete his paper on time for ______ reasons, which are true.

A. different B. various C. sort of D. kinds

3) A great variety of flowers ______ on show in the street on National Day.

A. were B. was C. appeared D. had

3. take possession of ______________________________

1) The policeman took possession of the thief’s bag. ______

2) The soldiers took possession of the enemy’s fort. ______

3) have possession of ______________________________

4) be in (the) possession of _________________________

5) be in one’s possession _________________________

6) Almost everything ______ the enemy after the war.

A. took possession of by B. took possession of

C. was taken possession by D. was taken possession of by

7) The house is ______ Mr Wang.

A. taking possession of B. in possession of

C. in the possession of D. taking the possession of

4. in the name of _________________________________

1) I arrest you in the name of the law. _________________

2) Let me thank you in the name of us all. ______________

3) a war waged in the name of liberation _______________

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

4) by name _____________ 5) by the name of ___________

6) call one names ________ 7) under the name (of) _______

8) Have you ever heard of the pop group ______ itself “Black Birds”?

A. called B. calling C. to call D. call

9) In old movies, the police shouted “Open up ______ the law” before they broke the door down.

A. in the name of B. at the mercy of

C. by the name of D. regardless of

5. origin _________________________________________

1) the origin of civilization / human race _______________

2) a man of noble / humble origin(s) __________________

3) Some Japanese words are of Chinese origin.

= Some Japanese words are Chinese ________________.

4) Her mother is French by origin. ________________

6. equip ________________________________________

1) All cars nowadays are ______ with safety belts.

A. prepared B. packed C. built in D. equipped

2) The boys ______ themselves with food, tents and sleeping bags for their journey.

A. prepared for B. equipped C. afforded D. equaled

Period 3 Reading 1

Judge the following sentences True or False

1. The Europeans were the first Explorers to travel to other countries.

2. Accurate maps of the countries around the Indian Ocean were made before the fifteenth century.

3. In the years between 1405 and 1433, Zheng He sailed westwards only on voyages of exploration.

4. Zheng He invited African countries to send ambassadors to China.

Read the passage and point out the topic sentence for each paragraph.

_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

Multiple choice:

1. Who were (was) the earliest explorer(s) of the Western Ocean?

A. Marco Polo B. Christopher Columbus

C. European explorers D. Brave merchants

2. Through the Silk Road, China got ______ from other countries.

A. spices and glass B. silk C. weapons D. milk

3. An African king gave rhinoceros horns to China in order to _______.

A. make money B. stop the war

C. show his friendship D. award the Ambassador

4. Which of the following became the world’s trading center over a few centuries after Han Dynasty?

A. Ceylon. B. India.

C. Swanhili kingdoms. D. Egypt.

5. In Du Huan’s book “Record of My Travels” you can learn about ______.

A. Marco Polo B. many foreign countries

C. Christopher Columbus D. ways to make silk

6. Who does “The Chinese Columbus” refer to?

A. The Ming emperor. B. Du Huan.

C. The Chinese ambassador. D. Zheng He.

7. The text is mainly about ______.

A. how the Silk Road was formed

B. how China developed trading relations with Arabic countries

C. Zheng He’s expeditions across the Indian Ocean

D. the history of China’s opening to the outside world

8. The small bronze statue of a lion found in Shanga most probably came from ______.

A. China B. Rome C. Greece D. London

9. “In the east, China prospered under a new dynasty.” The underlined part refers to ______.

A. the Han Dynasty B. the Song Dynasty

C. the Qin Dynasty D. the Ming Dynasty

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

10. Which of the following can be inferred from the text?

A. Columbus’ exploration was stopped for economic reasons.

B. No accurate maps of the countries around the Indian Ocean existed before Zheng He.

C. In the Ming Dynasty China had the most powerful navy in the world.

D. The giraffe was an animal that could not be found in China in the Ming Dynasty.

Put the sentences in good order.

1. In the eleventh century, the Africans made several voyages to the court of the song dynasty.

2. Merchants from the Arabic countries began to travel to the Swahili kingdom and the islands off the African coast to trade with them.

3. People of the Han Dynasty exchanged silk for spices and glass with Indians and Romans by way of the Silk Road.

4. The Chinese traveller, Du Huan, wandered through Arabic countries for about 10 years.

5. Christopher Columbus and other European explorers searched for routes to Asia.

6. Zheng He made seven voyages and discovered the eastern coast of Africa.

Order: _____________________________________________

Period 4 Reading 2

1. Trade and curiosity have often formed the foundation for mankind’s greatest endeavor. 贸易和好奇常构成人类最大努力的基础.

1) He endeavored to win votes for his proposal. ________________

2. puzzle ______________________________________

1) No one has yet succeeded in explaining the puzzle of how life began. ______________

2) The murder case was a puzzle to the detective. _________

3) That’s what puzzles me. ___________

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

4) I’m puzzled (about) what to do next. ________________

5) The situation was more puzzling than ever. ___________

6) 字迷 ______________ 文字游戏 ______________

7) Facing the ______ situation the sales manager looked ______.

A. puzzling, puzzled B. puzzling, puzzling

C. puzzled, puzzled D. puzzled, puzzling

8) On his face there was a ______ expression which we couldn’t understand.

A. puzzle B. puzzles C. puzzling D. puzzled

3. However, long before that brave merchants were the real explorers of the Western Ocean. 然而, 在那之前很久, 勇敢的商人是真正的西洋探险者.

1) He’ll be back before long. ________

2) It won’t be long before you get well. ________

3) I had learned some English long before I came here. ____

4. in exchange for _________________________________

1) I gave her a sweater ______ a skirt.

A. in exchange for B. in exchange of

C. in return for D. in return of

2) I’d like to do something for you ______ everything you’ve done for me.

A. in exchange B. in turn

C. in return for D. in terms of

5. In 97 AD, Gan Ying, a Chinese ambassador, went to the East Roman Empire over land and returned to Luoyang with a present from an African king – rhinoceros horns. 公元, 汉朝大使甘英由陆路到达东罗马为帝国, 返回时带着一件非洲国王馈赠的礼物 – 犀牛角.

1) The water was over my knees. ________

2) She spread a clean cloth over the table. ________

3) The horse jumped over the fence. ________

4) I think he is well over fifty. ________

5) I traveled (all) over Scotland this summer. ________

6) She has been ill in bed over the past week. ________

7) They argued over money matters. ________

8) I heard the news over the radio. ________

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

6. develop in to the world’s trading center 发展成了世界贸易中心 ________________________________________

1) He believes that sports can develop mind and body. ____

2) He developed the little store into a big department store.

3) Land animals are thought to have developed from sea animals. ________

4) She has developed into a beautiful woman. ________

7. The Arabic contacts to the African coast led to the next meeting between black people and a Chinese. 阿拉伯(国家)与非洲沿海的接触导致后来黑人与一位华人的会面.

1) The discovery of evidence led to ______.

A. the thief having caught B. catch the thief

C. the thief being caught D. the thief to be caught

2) It is sleeping late in the morning that ____ late for work.

A. devotes to being B. is led to being

C. leads to be D. leads to being

3) – Have you been ______ Andrew recently?

-- Only by telephone.

A. communication B. contact C. connection D. link

8. wander _______________________________________

1) He was wandering about in the street. ________

2) I spent the vacation wandering through France. ________

3) He wandered off the subject. ________

9. It was a major development that the Africans were reaching out to China. 非洲向中国的延伸是一大进步。

1) Let’s keep to the point or we ______ any decisions.

A. will never reach B. have never reached

C. never reach D. never reached

2) I keep the medicines on the top shelf, out of the children’s ______.

A. reach B. hand C. hold D. place

10. date from ____________________________________

1) My interest in maths ______ the time I met a good maths teacher in junior middle school.

A. dates from B. keeps from

C. is dated back to D. goes back to

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

2) These old buildings possibly ______ the Ming Period.

A. are dated back to B. date from

C. are dated from D. date

11. existence ____________________________________

1) When did this world come into existence? ________

2) Do you believe in the existence of ghosts? ________

3) We can’t exist without food and water. ________

12. no accurate maps of the countries around the Indian Ocean existed 没有环印度洋国家的标准地图 ________

1) 事件的正确报道 ______________________________

2) 正确地说 ____________________________________

3) He is accurate in his judgment (at figures). __________

13. In the east, China prospered under a new dynasty. 在东方,中国处于一个新朝代的繁荣时期。

1) 他的生意兴隆。 _____________________________

2) 我听说他的儿子很有成就。

__________________________________________

3) When we are in England, China is an ______ country.

A. east B. Easter C. eastward D. eastern

4) America faces the Atlantic ______.

A. from the east B. in the east

C. to the east D. on the east

14. under the command of Zhen He, …

1) 在…的统治下 ______________________________

2) 在…的领导下 _____________________________

3) Nobody obeyed the teacher’s command to stop chatting.

4) The policeman commanded him to stop. ________

5) The teacher commanded that he (should) go out. ______

15. set sail (to/from/for/…) _________________________

1) The scientific research team set sail for the South Pole.

2) It was four weeks’ sail from Shanghai to Japan in the past.

3) It’s only two hours’ ride from Datong to Beijing. ______

16. royal _______________________________________

1) 王宫 __________ 2) 王室 ________________

3) 王权 __________ 4) 英国皇家海军 ________

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

5) 王冠 __________ 6) 捷径 ________________

17. volunteer ___________________________________

1) The young man volunteered to stop the drunken men from fighting. _____________

2) I volunteered for his election campaign. __________

18. bring up _____________________________________

1) Lily ______ in a big city, while her twin sister Lucy was ______ in a small village by her grandmother.

A. grew up, grown up B. brought up, grown up

C. was grown up, brought up D. grew up, brought up

2) After Xiao Li arrived in London, she found it was far more difficult to ______ living on her own.

A. rely on B. adjust to C. bring up D. look into

Period 5 Integrating Skills

1. suggest ______________________________________

1) The latest figures put forward by the state suggested that the business ______ improving.

A. was B. be C. being D. should

2) Jane’s pale face suggested that she ______ ill, and her parents suggested that she ______ a medical examination.

A. be, should have B. was, have

C. should be, had D. was, has

3) He came to my class every week, but his attitude ______ he was not really interested in the subject.

A. expressed B. described C. explained D. suggested

2. accomplish ___________________________________

finish ________________________________________

achieve ______________________________________

complete _____________________________________

1) We tried to settle the argument but ________ nothing.

2) I ________ reading the book yesterday.

3) By hard working we can ________ anything.

4) I need one more stamp before my collection is ________.

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

3. apart from ____________________________________

1) Good work, apart from a few slight faults. ________

2) Apart from being too large, the hat doesn’t suit me. ____

3) ______ them, I had no one to talk to.

A. Take apart B. Set apart C. Fall apart D. Apart from

4) ______ you and me, I don’t think there was anyone there under thirty.

A. Including B. Beside C. In addition D. Apart from

4. They had no idea what they were up against. 他们不知道他们面对的(困难)什么。

1) 他们面临大麻烦。_____________________________

5. refer to _______________________________________

1) I don’t know who she was referring to when she said that.

2) There’re certain people to whom this order does not refer.

3) In the course of his speech, he referred several times to his notes. ________

4) He often referred to his past experiences as a peasant.

5) The Local Court decided to refer the case to the High Court. ________

6) He referred his success to the good education he had had.

7) When I said that some students were so lazy that they couldn’t hand in their exercise books, I ______ to you.

A. didn’t refer B. hasn’t referred

C. wasn’t referring D. don’t refer

8) – Please don’t take the books out of the reading room.

-- No, I won’t. I just want to ____ them for some figures.

A. mention B. refer to C. look at D. look into

6. run out (of) __________________________________

1) We are fast running out of cigarettes. ________

2) Can you give me a cigarette? Mine have run out. ______

7. arise ________________________________________

rise _________________________________________

raise ________________________________________

1) New difficulties will ________ from such situation.

2) A problem has ________ with the new computer.

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

3) The curtain ________ and the play began.

4) They ________ the curtain and the play began.

5) The soldiers ______ the flag every morning outside the barracks.

A. rise B. arouse C. arise D. raise

6) Her temperature is still ______.

A. raising B. rising C. risen D. arising

7) Should the opportunity ______, I’d love to go to Paris.

A. rise B. raise C. arise D. happen

8. praise _______________________________________

1) 热烈颂扬,唱赞歌 ___________________________

2) 把某人捧上了天 _____________________________

3) 赞扬一个人的英勇 ___________________________

4) Our guests praised the meal as the best they had had for years. ______________

9. sacred _______________________________________

1) 神圣的建筑物 _______________________________

2) 圣典 _____________ 3) 宗教音乐 _____________

4) 郑重的诺言 _________________________________

5) 林肯纪念碑 _________________________________

Unit 2 同步练习

一. 单项填空

1. He often think of he can do for his country.

A. what B. how C. that D. which

2. the cost, the hat doesn’t suit me.

A. Apart from B. Including

C. Without D. Together with

3. My money . I must go to the bank to draw some of my savings out before I’ve none in hand.

A. has run out B. is running out

C. has been run out D. is being run out

4. Finding a job in such a big company has always been his widest dreams.

A. under B. over C. above D. beyond

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

5. According to the weather forecast, which is usually , it will snow this afternoon.

A. accurate B. precise C. exact D. perfect

6. Many difficulties have as a result of the change over to a new type of fuel.

A. risen B. arisen C. raised D. arrived

7. - I want to buy a present for my friend’s birthday, but I’m not sure what to buy.

-Well, I think I can help you make a .

A. suggestion B. speech C. decision D. promise

8. The latest data put forward by the states suggested that the business improving.

A. was B. be C. being D. should

9. The best method to this goal is to unite as many sympathetic people as possible with the labor movement itself.

A. win B. accomplish C. finish D. complete

10. I shall have a companion in the house after all these years.

A. single B. only C. alone D. lonely

11. good, the food was soon sold out.

A. Tasted B. Being tasted

C. Tasting D. Having tasted

12. is no doubt that he will pass the exam.

A. There B. It C. This D. That

13. was known to all, William had broken his promise he would give us a rise.

A. As; which B. As; that

C. It; that D. It; which

14. It was about 600 years ago the first clock with a face and an hour was made.

A. that B. until C. before D. when

15. If you tomorrow, I treat you a big dinner.

A. are going to come; will B. were going to come; would

C. were to come; would D. will; would

16. In old movies, the police shouted “Open up ______ the law” before they broke the door down.

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

A. in the name of B. at the mercy of

C. by the name of D. regardless of

17. I warned them not to do it, but my objections were ______.

A. set sail B. set about C. set aside D. set down

18. Captain Cook commanded his men _____ into the sea.

A. jump B. jumped C. had jumped D. would jump

二.单词填空

1.As they lacked experience of how to teach the disabled children, the problems a_________ one after another.

2.What p________ the villagers most was that the footmarks in the snow were much larger than a human being’s.

3.Up to now , there has been no e________ to prove that he has sth to do with the theft.

4. Before the final exam, the teacher told all the students to e_____________ themselves with sharp pencils, pens, rules, and rubbers.

5. A___________ (各种各样的)of out-of-class activities are organized in that school for the purpose of building up students’ characters and forming their collective senses.

6. The Tongbai Mountain area is the ____________(源头)of the Huai River.

7. Anyway, your ____________(估计)of his potential turned out to be a failure.Now,he has become one of the best on our basketball team.

8. He quarreled with his wife and left his home. He did nothing but ____________(游荡)in the street.

9. He says that he will work as a _____________(志愿者) when the 29th Olympic Games are held in Beijing.

三.阅读理解

A

Lions are opportunists. They prefer to eat without having to do too much work. When resting in the shade, they are also watching the sky to see what is flying by, and even in the heat of the day they will suddenly start up and run a mile across the plains to find out what is going on. If another animal has made a kill, they will drive it off and take the dill

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

for themselves. A grown lion can easily eat 60 pounds of meat at a single feeding. Often they eat until it seems painful for them to lie down.

The lionesses (母狮) , being thinner and faster, are better hunters (猎手) than the males (雄狮). But the males don’t mind. After the kill they move in and take the test share.

Most kills are made at night or just before daybreak. We have seen many, many daylight attempts but only ten kills. Roughly, It’s about twenty daytime attempts for one kill.

When lions are hiding for an attack by a water hole, they wait patiently and can charge at any second. The kill is the exciting moment in the day-to-day life of the lion, since these great animals spend most of their time, about 20 hours a day, sleeping and resting.

Lions are social cats, and when they are having a rest, they love to touch each other. After drinking at a water hole, a lioness rests her head on another’s back. When walking, young lions often touch faces with older ones, an act of close ties among members of the group.

64. By describing lions as “opportunists” in the first paragraph, the author means to say that lions .

A. are cruel animals B. are clever animals

C. like to take advantage of other animals

D. like to take every chance to eat

65. According to the text, which of the following is true?

A. Lions make most kills in the daytime.

B. Males care more about eating than active killing.

C. Lions are curious about things happening around them.

D. It doesn’t take lions too much time to make a kill.

66. How can we know that lions are social animals?

A. They depend on each other.

B. They look after each other well.

C. They readily share what they have.

D. They enjoy each other’s company.

67. What would be the best tiltle for the text?

A. Powerful Lions B. Lions at Work and Play

C. Lions, Social Cats D. Lions, Skilled Hunters

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

B

To extinguish (熄灭) different kinds of fires, several types of fire extinguishers have been invented. They must be ready for immediate use when fire breaks out. Most portable (手提式的) kinds operate for less than a minute, so they are useful only on small fires. The law requires ships, trains, buses and planes to carry extinguishers.

Since fuel, oxygen (氧气) and heat must be present in order for fire to exist, one or more of these things must be removed or reduced to extinguish a fire. If the heat is reduced by cooling the material below a certain temperature, the fire goes out. The cooling method is the most common way to put out a fire. Water is the best cooling material because it is low in cost and easy to get.

Another method of extinguishing fire is by cutting off the oxygen. This is usually done by covering the fire with sand, steam or some other things. A blanket may be used do cover a small fire.

A third method is called separation, which includes removing the fuel, or material easy to burn, from a fire, so that it can find no fuel.

The method that is used to put out a fire depends upon the type of fire. Fires have been grouped in three classes. Fires in wood, paper, cloth and the like are called Class A fires. These materials usually help keep the fire on. Such fires can be stopped most readily by cooling with water.

68. If a fire breaks out on a bus, which of the follow should be ready there for you to use?

A. Sand B. Water C. A blanket. D. An extinguisher.

69. To cover a small piece of burning wood with a basin in order to stop the fire is an example of .

A. separating the fire B. reducing the heat

C. removing the fuel D. cutting off the oxygen

70. In choosing how to put out a fire, we should first be clear about .

A. when it breaks out B. how it comes about

C. what kind it is D. where it takes place

71. What would the author probably discuss in the paragraph that follows?

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

A. Another class of fires B. Another type of extinguishers

C. How fires break out. D. How fires can be prevented.

C

Childhood was an illusion (错觉) and the illusion was this: everything was bigger. No, I mean everything, not just houses and shops and grown-ups, but colors and flowers and journeys, especially journeys which seemed endless. “Are we there yet, Daddy?”

Funfairs (游乐场) were huge things that spread for miles around you with noise and lights and exciting danger. Rainy days at home when you were ill seemed to last for ever. Being a grown-up yourself was an unthinkable distant possibility. Every sound was louder, every game was grander, every pain unbearable.

As I’ve grown old, life has become smaller. Tastes have bulled. Surprises have lured into shocks. Days go by unnoticed. How can I regain childhood when it was an illusion?

I have only one repeatable and wonderful way and even in this way I can regain only part of that larger world. I can play upon the stage like a child and make the crowd laugh and laugh with them, sometimes helplessly like a child, and then, even though I’m a sixty-one-year-old man, I can almost catch the colors and sounds and stillness of those bigger years when I was little.

72. How does the author feel about his childhood?

A. It was endless. B. It was unpleasant.

C. He is glad that it is over. D. He misses it as a grown-up

73. The author thinks that everything was bigger in childhood because .

A. children could not make proper judgments.

B. children were curious and eager about life

C. things appeared really big in children’s eyes

D. to grow up seemed so long for children

74. The world seems to have become smaller to the author because .

A. life is disappointing B. time goes by too fast

C. he has had too many surprises

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

_____________________________

D. foods no longer taste delicious

75. The author enjoys playing on the stage so as to .

A. act like a child B. live an unusual life

C. make the crowd laugh D. regain his childhood

四.书面表达

假设你是李华,作为选派的交流学生在美国某中学学习了一年,寄住在Mr. Brown家里,刚回到国内。回国后你发现自己的一本英语词典遗忘在他家,因此给他写一封信,请他帮助寄回词典。信的主要内容如下:

1. 感谢在美国期间他所提供的帮助。

2. 一本英语词典忘记带回。

3. 词典是美国老师送的,非常珍贵。

4. 词典很可能丢在卧室的书架上。

5. 邮资自己付。

注意:

1. 词数100左右;信的开头和结尾已为你写好。

2. 可适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。

3. 参考词汇:邮资: postage

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

笔 记 栏

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

篇14:启东中学网校Unit 12 Words and Expressions(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

1. strict be strict in sth. be strict with sb.

2.compulsory 义务的,强制的, 必修的

English is compulsory in our school. 英语在我校是必修课。

. Is education compulsory in your country?你们国家实行义务教育吗?

.It’s compulsory to wear a seat belt. 系安全带是强制的。

3.at the forum 在论坛上

4. commitment 承诺,许诺,承担义务,保证,约定

I’ve taken too many commitments. 我已承担了太多的义务。

They reaffirmed their commitment that they would help .他们重申他们将提供帮助的承诺

He made a commitment to pay the bill on time.他许诺按时付帐。

5.to begin / start with 首先 第一点, 以---开始,先做---

.To begin with, she is too young for that kind of job.

.This book begins with a tale of country life.这本书以乡村生活的传说开始。

.Begin with this room and do the other afterwards.

6.be skeptical of /about 不肯相信的, 怀疑的

I’m rather skeptical of their so-called sympathy for the poor.

He is always skeptical about his father’s promises.他向来不相信父亲的承诺。

7.tendency n. have a tendency to 有---的倾向

She has a tendency to be confident.她向来表现很自信。

tend v tend to 倾向于---

It tends to rain here a lot in the spring. 这里春天往往雨水很多。

8.absent absent- minded adj.心不在焉 be absent from 缺席

She is often absent from school/work.

absence n. in the absence of 在某人不在时

In the absence of Mr. Black , Miss Li gave us a lesson.

9.drop out 退出,放弃,辍学,退学

Teenagers who drop out of high school have trouble finding jobs.

Mr Smith has dropped out of politics. Mr. Smith已退出了政坛。

drop off 打瞌睡, 减少 使---下车

. Just as he was dropping off; there was a loud bang downstairs

10.expand 扩大,膨胀,展开

Metals expand when they are heated.

His face expanded in a smile of welcome. 绽开欢迎的笑容

11.distribute 分散, 散发

The teacher distributed the exercise books to the class. 分发练习本

All sorts of factories have been distributed throughout the city.

该城市布满了各种工厂。

The army distributed itself over the whole area 分布在各区

12. result in 导致 The election resulted in a great victory for their party .

His laziness resulted in his failure.

result from 由-产生,作为---的结果

His failure resulted from his laziness.

13.donate (to) 捐赠,捐献 The business donated a car to the family.

Please donate generously 请慷慨解囊

donation n. make donations to 捐献

14. advocate 提倡者(名)提倡(动)

Do you advocate keeping all children at school till the age of sixteen?

an advocate of equal pay for men and women 提倡男女同酬者

15.obtain 取得, 得到

He obtained permission to edit a daily newspaper.他得到许可编一份日报

obtain a scholarship. 得到奖学金

16.restriction 限制

Are there any restrictions here on what we can do ?我们在这里的行动有什么限制吗?

The park is open to the public without restriction.公园不受限制地对公众开放。

restrict v. 限制,限定 ,约束

He restricted himself to smoking two cigarettes a day .

The trees restrict the view from this house.树木挡住了房子外的景色。

17.suit a. 使满意,适合---的要求, 对---方便

The seven o’clock train will suit us very well.

Does the climate suit you /your health?

b.(衣服 发式)相配,合适, 适合

The colour doesn’t suit your complexion.(肤色)

It doesn’t suit you to have your hair cut off.

c. suit the action to the word 言行一致

d. be suited to /for 适合于 有资格

The man is not suited to be a teacher/ for teaching.

suitable adj. be suitable for 适合于

The clothes are suitable for cold weather. a suitable place for a picnic

18 schedule n. .on/behind schedule 准时/延时

.make a schedule of 制定进度表/时刻表.

v. The president is scheduled to make a speech tomorrow. (安排)

19.welfare 幸福,健康/福利/政府的救济制度

We realize that the future welfare of us is closely linked to education.

He devoted himself to welfare work .

Most of the poor in America are on welfare.美国大多数穷人都领政府的福利救济

20 take in 接待某人留宿/ 包括/充分理解/欺骗

He had nowhere to sleep, so we offered to take him in .

This is the total cost of the holiday, taking everything in.

It took me a long time to take in what he said at the meeting.

Don’t be taken in by his promises.

21. available 可获得的,可用的 可看的

I’m sorry, those shoes are not available in your size.这双鞋子你要的尺码没有。

Every available ambulance was rushed to the scene of the accident.

所能找到的救护车都向出事现场急速驶去。

Is the new timetable available yet? 新的时刻表现在还有吗?

avail v. avail oneself of 利用

I availed myself of this opportunity to improve my English.

我利用这个机会提高自己的英语水平。

22. talk----through 彻底商讨某事

I think we really need to talk this one through.(好好商讨这一问题)

Phrases:

1. 与---相似 be similar to

2. 条形图/线形图 bar/line graph

3. 经营一所学校 run a school

4. 沉重的工作负担 a heavy workload

5. 满足父母的期望 to meet parents’ expectation

6. 在高压下 under high pressure

7. 九年制义务教育 nine years of compulsory education

8. 未来的幸福,健康,繁荣 the future welfare

9. 与---有联系 be linked to /with

10. 许诺,承诺 make a commitment

11. 全民教育 education for all

12. 以---开始,首先,先做--- to begin with

13. 有正面的态度 create a positive attitude

14. 重视,依附于--- ,加入--- attach ---to

15. 对---怀疑 be sceptical of

16. 有---趋势/倾向 have a tendency to

17. 改变传统观念 change traditional ideas

18. 辍学,退出,使---下车 drop out

19. 不愿意 be unwilling to

20. 而不是 rather than

21. 吸收,欺骗,收容,领会 take in

22. ---的缺乏 a shortage of

23. 导致 result in

24. 分散 spread out

25. 规格齐全 available in all sizes

26. 使自己充分利用--- avail oneself of

27. 用---来装备 equip sb./sth. with

28. 把---捐赠给 donate money to/make donations to

29. 通过希望工程 through the Hope Project

30. 三个中有一个 one in three students

31. 给---提供全部课程 provide sb. with a full curriculum

32. 采取远程教育方法 adopt distance learning method

33. 电脑化教学网络 computerized teaching networks

34. 很自信,对---有把握 be confident in /about

35. 实现目标 accomplish the goal

36. 基本医疗保健 basic health care

37. 更新技能 update their skills

38. 除学习以外 alongside a course of study

39. 愿意 be prepared to

40. 促进女子教育 promote education for girls

41. 相互不同 be different from one another

42. 有共同之处 have ---in common

43. 获得信息 obtain information

44. 证明他们的才智 demonstrate their intelligence

45. 面部表情 facial expressions

46. 记录 take notes of

47. 注意 take note of/take notice of

48. 沉浸在--- ,专心于 --- be absorbed in

49. 彻底商讨某事 talk ---through

50. 密切注意 give close attention to

51. 发声 the sound of voice

52. 语速 the speed of speech

53. 积极参加 be active in

54. 采取动手实践的方法 take a hands-on approach

55. 做实验 do experiments

56. 作---考查/测量 do survey

57. 种类繁多 a variety of

58. 驾驭自己的学习manage one’s own learning

59. 学习时刻表 a study schedule

60. 向---作陈述 make presentations to sb.

Test for Lesson Twelve

一. Spelling.

1. His mother is strict with him in his studies.

2. The head of the corporation is going to give us a lecture.

3. According to the schedule, we’ll have a sports meeting next meeting.

4. The worker gave us a demonstration of how he produced a pair of shoes.

5. He was so absorbed in his work that he didn’t notice us.

6. The teacher distributed the new books to the students.

7. We should avail ourselves of every chance to improve our spoken English.

8. Providing the pupils with a full curriculum is very difficult in the poor area.

9. Our country advocates the policy that one family should have only a child.

10. He is not at school. That means he is absent from school.

二. Phrases.

1. 对---怀疑 be skeptical of 6.做详细的记录 take detailed notes of

2. 有---倾向 have a tendency 7.采取动手实践法 take a hands-on approach

3. 作出承诺 make a commitment 8.积极参与 be active in

4. 与---有联系 be linked to 9.重视教育 attach importance to education

5. 对---很自信 be confident in 10.退出,辍学 drop out

三.Choose the right answer.

( B )1.The traffic accident _________three deaths.

A. resulted from B .resulted in C. resulted of D. resulted

( C )2.What he said suggested that the thief referred to ______into prison.

A. being put B. be put C. was put D. be putting

( A )3.If you want to keep _____,stop drinking the water from the river . It _______.

A. fit, is not fit to drink B. fit, is not fit for drink

C. healthy, doesn’t fit to drink D. well, doesn’t fit for drink

( B )4.The service of the hotel requires ______.otherwise no customers will come any more.

A. to improve B. improving C. being improved D. improved

( D )5.“Do _____you think is right,_______ they say.”

“Yes, I _______.”

A. as, what, do B. as, whatever, will C. what, what, can D. what, whatever, will

( A )6. He ran to his little daughter and took her ______arms before he got on the plane.

A. in his B. in C. by his D. by her

( A )7. Jane,_ _____like a naughty boy ,appeared on the stage, ______at the same time.

A. dressed, singing B. dressing, singing C. wore, sang D. wearing, sang

( D )8.No matter what you say, I shall _______my own opinion.

A. carry out B. keep up C. insist on D. stick to

( D )9.As it turned out to be a problem of no importance, we _____so much time looking into it,

A. needn’t spend B. didn’t have to spend C. oughtn’t to spend D. needn’t have spent

( C )10.----We all agree that no news is good news.

----Yes, but I have got _____about the people hurt after the fire.

A. little B. few C. none D. no one

( A )11. _____is human nature that many people do not value things they possess until they have lost them.

A. Such B, So C. As D. How

( C )12. In no country _____Britain , as has been mentioned, _____experience four reasons during the course of a single day.

A .other than , one can B. apart from, one can

C. other than, can one D. rather than, can one

( B )13. We usually walked _____the river bank over there, but today I feel tired and won’t walk ______ far.

A. as long as , to B. as far as , that C. as often as ,such D. as soon as , very

( A )14. If you really want yourself to be in good health , you must _____always ____so much.

A. not, be drinking B. not ,have drunk

C. not, to drink D. be not , drinking

( C )15. He looks tired. He seems ______for a long time.

A. to work B. to be worked C. to have worked D. to have been worked

( D )16. Autumn is coming, and down______.

A. do leaves fall B. the leaves fall C. falling the leaves D. fall the leaves

( C )17.His family was poor. But his parents ______to send him to a key middle school.

A. tried B. do try C. did manage D. do managed

( D )18.Is this the old man ____you took a picture in his birthday party?

A. who B, that C. the one D. of whom

( B )19. The little boy was ______by an old couple.

A. received B. adopted C. adapted D. admitted

( B )20. The teacher spoke so fast that it was hard for the students to _____ what he was saying.

A. take off B. take in C. take on D. take after

四.Correction

Do you think animals can tell you how the weather will 1.___what________

be like? Some people believe the groundhog can, that is 2.___which________

a small furry animal. There is a special day in America calling 3.___called________

the Groundhog’s Day that falls in February 2. on the day, 4.___on________

if the groundhog comes out___ his home in the ground 5.___of________

and sees his shadow he will be frightening and 6.__frightened_________

go hurried back into his hole. People say this means 7.__hurriedly_________

there will be six more of weeks of winter to expect 8___去掉________

However, if he can’t see his shadow this day and stays outside 9.___对_______

his hole, it means whether spring is coming soon.. 10.___that _______

选择填空

21. I wonder what it feels like to be one of _____ really rich. The Jenkinsons already have two Rolls Royces

and now they are buying _____ third!

A. the ; a B. the ; the C. /; a D. /; the

22. Don’t be too rude to your father. Never in his life ______ in that way.

A. has he spoken to B. he has spoken to C. has he been spoken to D. he has been spoken to

23. --- The weather is too cold _____ March this year.

--- It was still ______ when I came here years ago.

A. for; colder B. in; cold C. in; hot D. for; hotter

24. What do you think we can ______ to make the advertisement more attractive and interesting?

A. bring up B. bring in C. bring down D. bring with

25. He visited three cities when he stayed in the US, _____ New York, Washington and Houston.

A. such as B. they are C. which is D. that is

26. ---- How much vinegar did you put in the soup?

--- I’m sorry to say ______. I forgot.

A. no B. no one C. nothing D. none

27. Is it the years _____ you worked in the factory _____ have a great effect on your literary works?

A that ... where B. that ... that C. when ... where D. when一that

28. There has to _____ a well-developed system that can give people a warning when a tsunami is _____ the

way.

A. have ... in B. be --- in C. have ... on D. be ... on

29. He is only too ready to help others, seldom,______ refusing them when they turn to him.

A. if never B. if ever C. if not D. if any

30. --- What should I wear to attend his wedding party?

--- Dress ______ you like.

A. what B. however C. whatever D. how

31. --- Do you think living in the country has advantages?

---- ______ .

A. Yes, perfectly B. Yes, it is. C. Nothing at all D. Well, that depends,,

32. --- Why didn’t you go to yesterday's meeting?

--- I would have but I ______ too busy working on the important experiment.

A. had been B. was C. were D. am

33. ---- Where would you like to go for your May Day holidays?

--- Hainan. It ______ good to lie in the sun on the beach..

A. does B. makes C. was D. feels

34. --- The research on the new bird flu virus vaccine is challenging and demanding. Who do you think can do the job?

--- ____ my students have a try?

A. Shall B. Must C. Will D. May

35. To read newspaper before going to bed seemed to me a rule _____.

A. to never break B. never to have broken C. never to be breaking D. never to be broken

完形填空

If you have strong arms and feet, you might make a good waiter. You must ---36--- , however, not in the restaurant, but in the ---37--- , helping the head cook, to learn exactly ---38--- each dish is prepared. Then you will be able tell the customers what ingredients are and how the food is ---39--- .From this first step, you may enter the restaurant as a ---40--- . But you won’t be allowed to serve the customers yet. They will ---41--- let you do the simplest jobs. ---42--- the tables and carrying the plates. But all the time you must watch and learn. Later you will be taught how to --- 43---- food, and if you are good at it you may become a waiter in charge of a number of ---44--- .You may even become a head waiter ---45--- you are afraid of hard work. When Carlo Bianchi first arrived in London,he ---46--- only two words of English- ---“please” and “Hello”.He ---47--- to get a job helping in the kitchen of an Indian restaurant, and he spent --- 48--- little spare time he had learning English. He was a good worker and soon he got a job in the restaurant as a waiter. Every night, Carlo used to go home tired. but ---49--- too tired to study the language for half an hour before going to sleep. He always managed to ---50--- a third of his wages, --- 51--- he put in the bank regularly every Friday. And no matter how tired or ill he felt, ha always had a warm ---52--- for his customers, They liked him, ---53--- people used to come to the restaurant and ask to be served by Carlo. Now twenty five years later, Carlo is the manager of six restaurants, and he hopes to open a seventh ---54--- But he still believes in the personal ---55---, and every night he goes to one or another of his restaurants to welcome the customers with a friendly greeting.

36. A. work B. start C. cook D. learn

37. A. market B. school C. workshop D. kitchen

38. A. when B. how C. what D. where

39. A. served B. eaten C. cooked D. bought

40. A. learner B. waiter C. cook D. observer

41. A. soon B. only C. later D. hardly

42. A. laying B. lying C. putting D. moving

43. A. take B. make C. carry D. serve

44. A. tables B. waiters C. foods D. jobs

45. A. if B. before C. unless D. though

46. A. spoke B. studied C. heard D. kept in mind

47. A. failed B. tried C. managed D. intended

48. A. how B. what C. such D. that

49. A. only B. sometimes C. little D. never

50. A. spare B. leave C. save D. get

51. A. as B. that C. those D. which

52. A. friendship B. dish C. welcome D. smile

53. A. and B. for C. even D. therefore

54. A. again B. lately C. shortly D. more

55. A. opinion B. touch C. effort D. effect

阅读理解

A

Athens Olympic 110m hurdle champion Liu Xiang felt so relieved to return to racetrack after getting out of the great number of social activities.

Liu arrived in hometown Shanghai Wednesday night and was about to resume training shortly after.

“I am so exhausted from so many social activities, which made me even more tired than training,”said the 21-year-old Liu,who wrote a new chapter in China's Olympic history by winning the country's first ever athletics short-distance running title in the men's 110m hurdles in Athens in August.

“I am happy that I will resume my training soon back in Shanghai,”said the Shanghai native. He turned into an instant national hero with the Olympic glory and one of the most popular Olympic gold medallists, taking part in scores of celebration activities since he returned to China early September.

“My regular training has been interrupted for such a long time that I think I can only run at about 13. 5 seconds now,”said Liu, who clocked a world record-tying time of12.91 to clinch the title.

“I would rather forget what I have achieved in the past and try my best to realize a higher goal,”he said.

Liu already missed the Berlin Golden League Series on Sunday and won’t be able to catch the IAAF Grand Prix final slated for September 18-19 in Monaco.

He plans on attending an IAAF all-star tournament in Japan at the end of this month.

56. This passage mainly talks about _____.

A. victory of Liu Xiang

B. Liu Xiang's resume to the track

C. dream of Liu Xiang

D. Liu Xiang's high aim

57. From the passage we can see _____.

A. Liu Xiang is content to go back to training

B. Liu Xiang will win Golden League Series on Sunday

C. Liu Xiang wasn’t good at social activities

D. Liu Xiang was refreshed after so many social activities

58. The underlined word ”relieved“ means

A. sad B. glad C. worried D. excited

59. Which of the following is NOT wrong?

A. Liu Xiang has had a quiet life for as long as half a month.

B. Liu Xiang has missed two races because of his social activities.

C. Liu Xiang has made up his mind to stop his social activities.

D. Liu Xiang has deserted his present career.

B

This hotel in the trees is famous in the world. People who know very little about Kenya, know

of Treetops. When King George VI died, Princess Elizabeth was staying on the Treetops, and when she came down from there,“she succeeded to become the queen of the country”.This hotel in the middle of the forest shows the pleasure of Africa. When you visit it, you will be sent into the heart of the forest by hotel buses, and then a guide, with a gun to protect you against big game,will go with you to the Tree-tops. Before and after dinner, for the whole night if you wish,you can sit on the corridor, watching animals come to the water pool. The earliest hotel Treetops was built round a large tree on the opposite side of the water, but that was destroyed by fire and the new hotel Treetops, which is built round several trees, is much bigger.

The dining room at Treetops is small,and the waiters cannot walk round to serve guests. a clever railway service has been invented. Guests take their food as it passes slowly in front of them, along a line in the center of the table.

There are many animals around the Treetops. When you visit them, you can see:

- ----Animals and their babies are waiting to greet the guests.

- ----Animals enjoying the Treetops pool in the daylight

- ---- A long-bodied.Ring-tailed.very active cat-like animal is a special one coming out at night. He hunts and eats anything he can overpower and is very destructive. He lives in the trees at Treetops. He comes for his food every evening. Do not get too near to him, as his teeth and claws can do you harm. These animals can be trained and become lovely pets.

- ----Some other animals have a thick coating of fur to keep them warm in the cold forest nights.

- ----Many buffaloes come to the Treetops for water and salt during the day or night.

- 60. In this sentence“…she succeeded to become the queen of the country means _____. A. did what she was trying to do

B. gained her purpose

C. got a position on the death of the King

D. completed an easy task

61. Which of the following statements about“the cat-like animal“ is NOT true?

A. It comes for food only at night.

B. It lives in the trees at Treetops.

C. Its teeth and claws can do people harm.

D. It can catch any other animal in the forest.

62. According to the passage,Treetops is famous in the world because _____.

A. it shows the pleasure of America

B. Princess Elizabeth got to the crown when coming down from there

C. it is built round several trees

D. there are many animals that can be trained and become lovely pets

63. We can learn from the passage that the guests ______.

A. should not play games on the Treetops

B. could not sit on the corridor at night

C. could enjoy their dinner in the dining room

D. should keep off the cat-like animals

C

This March is a busy month in Shanghai. There's a lot to do. Here are the highlights.

Live Music-Late Night Jazz

Enjoy real American jazz from Herbie Davis,the famous trumpet player. He's coming with his new 7-piece band,Herbie's Heroes. Herbie is known to play well into the early hours, so don ‘t expect to get much sleep. This is Herbie's third visit to Shanghai. The first two were sold out, so get your tickets quickly.

PLACE: The Jazz Club

DATES: 15 -23 March

PRICE: Y 80, Y 120

TIME: 10 :00p. m. till late!

TEL:6466-8736

Scottish dancing

Take your partners and get ready to dance till you drop. Scottish dancing is fun and easy to learn. Instructors will demonstrate the dances. The live band,Gordon Stroppie and the Weefrees,are also excellent.

PLACE: Jack Stein's

DATES: every Monday

PRICE: Y 60,including one drink

TIME : 7 :00-10:00P. M.

TEL : 6402-1877

Exhibitions一Shanghai Museum

There are 120,000 pieces on show here. You can see the whole of Chinese history under one roof. It's always interesting to visit, but doubly so at the moment with the Egyptian Tombs exhibition. There are lots of mummies and more gold than you've ever seen before. Let us know if you see a mummy move!

PLACE: Shanghai Museum

PRICE: Y 30 ( Y 15 for students)

TEL: 6888-6888DATES: daily

TIME: Monday - Friday 9: 00 a. m. - 5: 00p. m. , Week-ends 9:00a. m. -9:00p. m.

Dining-Sushi chef in town

Sushi is getting really big in Shanghai. In Japan,it's become an art form. The most famous Sushi ”artist“ is Yuki Kamurs. She's also one of the few female chefs in Japan. She’ll be at Sushi Scene all of this month.

PLACE : Sushi Scene in the Shanghai Hotel

DATES: all month

PRICE: 200}(TIME , lunchtime

TEL ;6690-3211!

For a full listing of events, see our website.

64. Suppose you are going to attend an activity at 8:00p. m. on Saturday, which one can you choose?

A. Live Music一Late Night Jazz

B. Scottish dancing

C. Exhibitions一Shanghai Museum

D. Dining一Sushi chef in town

65. In how many places you can have live music?

A.1 B.2 C.3 D.4

66. Which of the following is true according to the advertisements?

A. Scottish dancing is so interesting and easy that it never tires you out.

B. The performance given by the American jazz band won’t last long.

C. Kamura made Sushi popular in Shanghai.

D. It is more interesting to visit Shanghai Museum with the exhibits from Egypt.

67. From the text we may guess that Kamura is _____.

A. a cook B. a waitress

C. an instructor D. an artist

D

When Rikke Dausen in Denmark goes to get some milk from the fridge,she has trouble getting past the refrigerator door. But it's not because of any physical obstruction(障碍).It's usually because the PC monitor in her refrigerators door has informed her that a new e-mail message has arrived. Rikke and her husband are taking Dart in a six-month trial sponsored by a Danish firm and two Swedish partners. They hope to show that computers can be put to much more practical daily use than most people think. Fifty families and singles were provided with a free model known as the ”Screen fridge“ for the duration of trial.

“It's really very clever,”says Rikke. She can call up e-mail,news reports,sales items at the supermarket or addresses out of the endless ocean of Internet possibilities. ”I’m not the type who wants to sit in front of the computer and wait 10 minutes for the modem to connect, ”she says. The creators of the Screen fridge aim at this type of buyer. They think that the machine should attract people who have limited time to solve technical problems or surf online. The PC that is built into the door is very small. It is only two centimeters wide, and completely silent. Everything moves quickly, as Rikke admits. Well,the whole thing is really just an amusement, she says. But when the thing is gone after the test, it will be a pain to have to go down in the basement again to download my e-mail.

68. The writer gives a description of Rikke using the Screen fridge in order to _____.

A. report Rikke's daily life

B. prove the value of PC

C. introduce the new product

D. describe modern life

69. For what purpose is the Screen fridge made?

A. To improve the e-mail service.

B. To help those who cannot use computers.

C. To make refrigerators more useful.

D. To make computers more convenient.

70. How long has Rikke probably been using the Screen fridge?

A. Several months B. Several years

C. More than a year D. Several hours

71. From what Rikke says at the end of the text we can feel that she _____.

A. is sorry she has to download her e-mail in the basement

B. wishes she would continue to use the Screen fridge

C. is not satisfied with all of the Screen fridge.

D. doubts whether she can really depend on the Screen fridge

E

The beautiful Gothic stone dormitories(宿舍)in which the college freshmen lived were surrounded by a very high but equally beautiful black iron fence. This was to keep the City out.

Jersey led herself into the quadrangle(四方院子)with a key. Inside,the landscaping was cool and green., Immense old wooden doors, heavy as coffin lids, led into the commons.

Four weeks before the end of freshman year, and Jersey was till in awe of the campus. Still thrilled that she was here, attending the best college in the nation. Her father had graduated back when the school was all men, and she had been brought up on his college stories.

Jersey went to her mail slot, opened it, and found a letter from home. Jersey loved mails. Going to college was worth it just for the mail. She ripped open the letter, which had only one word. ENJOY!said Dad 's handwriting. Wrapped in his letterhead was a hundred dollar bill. Jersey laughed to herself. Dad was so tickled that his little girl was attending his Alma Mater(母校).All year long he had been celebrating by sending money.

Oh,goody!, She thought. I'm going to get those shoes Mai found at the Downtown Mall.

Mai was one of Jersey's two roommates,a serious competitor for World 's Best Shoppers While lesser shoppers found anything in any store, Mai zeroed in on terrific bargains at every counter. And Jersey's other roommate, Susan,had unbelievably good fashion sense. Susan could take some disgusting(令人厌恶的)orange --- and turquoise(青绿色)scarf ---not fit for a preschooler's bath towel ---pair it with just the right shirt and necklace, and make herself look like a million dollars.

Jersey's proud father was under the impression that she was enjoying classes, boys, dorm life, and the coast ---and she was --- but better than anything, Jersey enjoyed shopping with Mai and Susan. Unfortunately, Mai and Susan had labs on Mondays and, being devoted future research scientists,would work right through dinner. Shopping alone rots, thought Jersey, who cares about shoes unless Mai and Susan are along to giggle and criticize and compare?

The hundred dollars burned, dying to be spent......

72. Which of the following is NOT true about the college Jersey went to?

A. It was once a college only for boys.

B. It had a high reputation in the country.

C. Jersey's father had been a student in this college.

D. It was fenced up to keep the City out.

73. The underlined sentence means _____.

A. Jersey was respectful with fear to her college.

B. Jersey was proud that she attended the best college.

C. Jersey was excited with horror on the campus of the best college.

D. Jersey was regretful that she was there.

74. We can infer that the one-hundred-dollar bill _____.

A. was mailed in a letter by Jersey's father because he had not sent her money for a year

B. was to be saved in a bank for Jersey's future dorm life

C. was probably to be spent on shoes

D. would be spent right away,when Jersey went shopping with Mai and Susan

75. This passage is probably from _____.

A. a news report B. a novel

C. an ad D. a magazine

KEYS:

21-35. ACABD, DDDBB, DBDAD.

36-55. BDBCA, BADAC, ACBDC, DDACB

56-75. BABB, CDBD, CBDA, CDAB, BACB

篇15:unit 5 reading and grammar(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

Period 2 Language Points & Grammar

By XiaoShan No.10 High School Han Miao

Teaching goals

1. Deal with the language points of this reading to help students understand the text better.

2. Try to understand and use the Object Complement.

Teaching important points

1. Try to master some important words and phrases. Eg. available, illegal, hand in hand, accuse of, take into consideration,…

2. let students understand the types of the Object Complement and use it.

Teaching difficult points

How to explain the Object Complement clearly to help students understand it.

Teaching methods

1. Question-and-answer method to go through with the language points and grammar.

2. Check their homework to make every student work in class.

Teaching aids

A computer

Teaching procedures & ways

Step I Greetings

Greet the students as usual.

Step II Language points

We have divided the text into three parts. Let’s check your homework part by part.

1) Part 1 Tick the right answers.

Advertising is a ( highly developed / high developed) industry. The development of media has gone (hand to hand / hand in hand) with its development. In order to influence the choices customers make, advertising tries to associate the product ( to / with) the customers’needs. As people see many ads every day, advertisers must work hard to get their message ( across / across to) .For that reason, companies spend ( large amounts of / large amount of) money employing advertisers who can produce

wonderful ads to(appeal to / appeal for) customers’emotions.While people (react to / react on) abvertisements in different ways. Some people think it useful and entertaining .( On the one hand / On the other hand), some accuse companies ( of / by) using ads to mislead us.

Explain some important points:

1. highly developed

2. hand in hand

3. get across

4. large amounts of

5. accuse sb. of sth.

2.) Part 2 Complete the following sentences with the proper form of the words. The first letter is given.

1. Ads help people in a v_______ of ways.

2. First of all, it can help consumers make right choices to choose among all the a_________ products.

3. There are many things we need to take into c___________ before we buy a new product.

4. Ads a_______ customers to compare prices and quality by explaining the new product to them.

5. A______ with the facts and figures given by advertising, customers are better able to deal with the product.

6. However, not all ads are used to p_______ a product or to increase a company’s profits

7. Many governments use ad campaigns to make people a______ of social problems and government policies.

Explain some important points:

1. a variety of

2. take into consideration

3. arm with

3. not all

3) . Part 3 Find out some mistakes in the following sentences, then correct them.

There are also some bad ads to use legal ways to mislead consumers. It is not always easy to spotting a bad ad. But there are a few things we can look out. First of all, we should always keep a eye out for “hidden information”. Then we should be careful of a trick used in so-called “bait-and-switch” ads. Good ads make it is possible for companies to introduce new products and increase sales. Advertisements should provide accurate information to help consumers to find the right product in the best price., We consumers should learn to analyse ads to protect ourselves from false advertisements and make ourselves to believe this product.

Explain some important points:

1. look out for sth

2. keep an eye out for

3. make it possible

Step III grammar

1. Let students analyse the structure of a sentence:

The ads make ourselves believe this product.

Believe is the Object Complement.

The Object Complement 是位于宾语之后,说明宾语的行为、身份、状态、特征的成分

2. Let students analyse the types of Object Complement by finish the sentences.

1. We call her Linda.(我们叫她琳达) → 名词2. The coat keeps us warm.( 大衣让我们保暖) → 形容词

3. He ordered them away. (他命令他们离开)→ 副词

4. Make yourselves at home. (请随便一点) → 介词短语

5. They wish you to go with them.(他们希望你和他们一起去) → 动词不定式6. I heard you singing.(我听到他正在唱歌) → 现在分词

7. Speak louder to make yourselves heard.(说大声一点,让他们听到你) → 过去分词

要点:

1. 动词不定式作宾补时要注意的地方。

2. 现在分词与动词不定式作宾补的区别。

3. 现在分词和过去分词作宾补的区别

3.Let students do some exercises about the Object Complement.

3. check their answers and explain them if necessary.

Step IV. Homework.

1.Finish the exercises on page 180-181

2.Preview Integrating Skills

2005.10.11

Madame Curie (人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

高三新教材 Units 4--8教案(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

unit7 的重点词组(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

Unit 10 American Literature (人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

人教PEP三年级英语上册优秀教学设计

学写字 教案教学设计

冀教版八年级上1-4单元教案(冀教版八年级英语上册教案教学设计)

Unit 12 Education 全单元教案(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)

lesson57 教案教学设计(冀教版英语七年级)

先学后教教案纪昌学射教学设计

《Unit 12 Education学生版(人教版高三英语上册教案教学设计)(锦集15篇).doc》
将本文的Word文档下载到电脑,方便收藏和打印
推荐度:
点击下载文档

文档为doc格式

点击下载本文文档